School Design Standards

School

Design

Standards

APS Facilities

Design + Construction

Published in December 2023

School Design Guidelines 2023

Introduction and Overview

School Design Guidelines 2023

Introduction and Overview

Introduction

Table of Contents

» Introduction and Overview 4

» General Site and Facility Design Concepts 8

» School Sites and Facilities Overview 9

» Site Development 10

» Safety / Security 14

» Site and General Utility Requirements 16

» Landscaping 18

» Site Recreation 25

» School Design and Construction Integrity 28

» General 29

» Building Components 29

» Signage 34

» Common Educational Areas and Support Spaces 35

» Restroom and Drinking Fountains 40

» Classrooms 42

» Special Education Program Overview 42

» Community Education / After Hour Use 46

» Programmed Spaces: Elementary Schools 48

» Needs Analysis for Standards-Based Elementary School 49

» Corridors And Lobby Areas 54

» General Needs For All Elementary School Classroom Spaces 54

» Programmed Spaces: Middle Schools 66

» Needs Analysis for Standards-Based Middle Schools 67

» General Needs for Corridors and Lobby Areas in Proximity to Classrooms: 74

» Administrative Oces / Support Areas 83

» Programmed Spaces: K-8 88

» Needs Analysis for Standards-Based K-8 89

» Programmed Spaces: High Schools 98

» Needs Analysis for Standards-Based High Schools 99

» Organizational Structure Into Academies And Small Learning Communities (SLC’s) 118

» Academies 119

» Small Learning Communities (SLC’s) 119

» Secure Entry Vestibule 120

» Central Administration 120

» Special Education Center 122

» Media Center 122

» Performing Arts Center (PAC) 125

» Physical Education and Athletics Sports 128

» Student Activities Center 138

» Nurse Suite 138

» Student Commons / Central Food Service / Cafeteria 140

» Academy Areas 143

» Academic Areas 144

» Special Education Spaces 148

» Teacher Home Base 148

» Teacher Workroom 149

» Specialized Classrooms 149

» Flexible Elective Classrooms And Other Optional Spaces 153

» Other School Support 158

» Appendix 160

» Appendix A: Fencing Requirements 161

» Appendix B: Special Education Design Standards 162

» Appendix C: Student Health Equipment 177

» Appendix D: Food Service 178

» Appendix E: Kitchen Appliance Guidelines 179

» Appendix F: Active Panel 180

» Appendix G: Kiln Standards 181

» Appendix H: Ice Machine Standards for High School Athletics 183

» Appendix I: Technology Education Equipment 186

» Appendix J: Wireless Installation Requirements 188

» Appendix K: Transportation 189

» Appendix L: Sign Standards 192

» Appendix M: Library Services/Instructional Materials for K-5 Libraries 193

» Appendix N: Library Services/Instructional Materials for High School Libraries 195

School Design Guidelines 2023

Introduction and Overview

School Design Guidelines 2023

Introduction and Overview

» This one-volume design standards replaces the individual separate school and site

standards previously published by the Albuquerque Public Schools [APS]. This volume‘s

functions are manifold:

» It will serve as guideline for new construction as well as existing facility

renovations for all sites and buildings.

» It outlines broad and specic criteria to support the educational and other needs

of the district.

» It addresses adequacy, health and safety, equity and maintainability.

» It is informed by current, adopted APS facility and curriculum practices,

national standards, and the aggregate input from a committee composed of

APS administrative personnel, content area experts, principals, and community

representatives.

» It is organized to outline minimum, general expectations and approaches for ALL

buildings and sites serving all grade levels and those sta serving them.

» It presents very specic requirements for ALL buildings and sites for each school

level or educational/organizational paradigm: Elementary, Middle, K-8, High

School.

» It shall be used in accordance with and complementary to all published building

system and component standards published in the Department’s website.

Clickable links below:

Building Standard Links

Aluminum Storefront Specication Mechanical VRF Pre-Selection Process

Interface Carpet Tile Specications Playground Standards

Mannington Carpet Tile Specications Polished Concrete Finishing

Custom Plastic Laminate Casework Standards

Portable Building Electrical and Special Systems

Service Blueprint – E-201

Door Hardware Standards

Portable Building Electrical and Special Systems

Service Blueprint – E-202

Electrical Design Standards Solar PV Guidelines

Glazing and Window Standards Roong Design Guidelines & Specications

LEEDv4 Guideline Roof Drain No Hub Coupling

Mechanical Design Standards Mechanical Design Standards Appendix A

» Key to parenthetical and related supplementary notations:

*** Refers to information complementing or expanding the more general policy or standard.

LEED®: Refers to elements of the LEED® for Schools process that will possibly inuence the approach,

execution, or options evaluated for the referenced policy or standard.

FD+C and M&O Notes: Refers to information that directly impacts the departments of Facilities Design +

Construction (FD+C) and Maintenance & Operations (M&O) and often provides some restrictions or lessons

learned to be used in executing the standard.

» The requirements outlined in this Introduction are for specic site and facility parameters

not covered in the more “performance based” standards that follow. Requirements for all

projects:

» The contract Architect / Engineer (A/E) shall coordinate all work with the APS

Facilities Design and Construction (FD+C) project team and participate in a

School Building Committee process.

Introduction

Section 01

Introduction and

Overview

School Design Guidelines 2023

Introduction and Overview

School Design Guidelines 2023

Introduction and Overview

» A utilization will be provided to the A/E by APS FD+C and Capital Master Plan

(CMP) prior to the design of each project. The CMP utilization will identify the

specic spaces required for each project. The APS Standards will dene the

square footage and character requirements for each of the specied spaces.

» The school facility shall accommodate the education of all students. The A/E will

coordinate with FD+C and APS Capital Master Plan (CMP) to determine special

education facility requirements. Facilities shall support universal design and

accessibility.

» Grade level accommodations:

School Type Grades

Elementary School

Kindergarten, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th grades

(Some schools have pre-K)

Middle School 6th, 7th and 8th grades

K-8 School

Kindergarten, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th , 6th, 7th, and

8th grades

High School 9th, 10th, 11th, and 12th grades

» New facilities shall be designed and constructed in alignment with phasing

identied in the school’s site master plan. Phases shall be designed and

constructed to limit disruption to previous phase(s) of work and to facilitate

future phases to the extent feasible.

» The contracted A/E will thoroughly review les of the APS Real Estate Director

to ensure that legal description, boundary description, vacations, easements,

rights-of-way, property lines, and zoning issues are claried. If available, existing

surveys, drainage plans, and public infrastructure plans are generally on le with

FD+C.

» The contracted A/E will meet to clarify with the City / County / utility companies

on drainage, street access, zoning, utility availability, sector development (or

other area plan restrictions), re protection, easements, right-of-way, and other

applicable considerations.

» Where known, APS will notify the A/E of extension requirements for telephone,

cable, or power from substation; water / sewer line taps requirements; re

hydrant requirements; up and down stream storm water requirements; number

of meters APS will allow; and street extensions.

» These standards do not specically address furnishings. The contract Architect

will coordinate the conguration of spaces requiring furnishings with the FD+C

Interiors Department.

» The A/E will present a color board to represent suggested color scheme and

materials to FD+C Interiors Department for approval based from APS Standards

and allotted budgets. Once approved, A/E will present to occupants.

» All new stand-alone buildings shall follow the sustainability process developed

by the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental

Design or LEED® for Schools for New Construction and Major Renovations. The

district strives for all stand-alone new school buildings to meet a minimum of

LEED® for Schools Silver Certication. Policies and Standards inuenced by the

LEED® process are noted when possible.

» The A/E shall consider and employ the principles of Universal Design.

» APS reserves the right to exceed the PSFA Adequacy Standards for site and

facility areas noted in this document.

Introduction

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Sites and Facilities Overview

» The school location should be convenient to the student population in a manner that

minimizes busing and provides student, parent, and community controlled safe pedestrian

and vehicle access to the school.

» Site the school on adequate area of land in a primarily residential area; ideal land sizes of

recent schools:

Elementary School 10 acres

Middle School 20 -25 acres

K-8 School 25 acres

High School 45-50 acres

» In addition to the permanent building, the site should be able to accommodate a stated

quantity of future portables to be conrmed during programming.

» An enclosed circulation school. Areas of recently constructed schools (permanent GSF;

excludes portables):

Elementary School 79,000 gsf

Middle School 170,000 gsf

K-8 School 217,000 gsf

High School 349,000 gsf

» APS FD+C assigns 30% tare to facilities. Tare space includes circulation (hallways,

lobbies, vestibules, etc.), wall thickness, custodial space, general storage, and restrooms

(except where fullling specic program requirements, i.e. nurse’s restroom). Tare space

excludes mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, specic programmed storage, and specic

programmed restrooms.

» Special Education demographics may impact the size/design of school. See Special

Education Program Overview and Appendix B for Special Education space standards.

» Accommodate the enumerated number of student population dictated by CMP’s

Utilization Study/ Projections. The table below depicts recently built ground-up schools:

Elementary School

650 student-base population with ability to increase / accommodate

1,000 students using portable classrooms (permanent area for 8 portable

classrooms; interim area for up to 12)

Middle School

1,200 student-base population with ability to increase to 1,500 students

using portable classrooms (permanent area for 8 to 12 portable classrooms)

K-8 School

1,200 student-base population with ability to increase to 1,500 students

using portable classrooms (permanent area for 8 to 12 portable classrooms)

High School

2,100 student-base population with ability to increase to 2,650 students

using permanent or portable classrooms (permanent area for 8 to 12

portable classrooms)

» Meet specic program area/SF requirements dened in these Standards.

» Meet specic educational, instructional, and functional needs of specied activities.

General Concepts

Section 02

General Site and Facility

Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

» Provide a pleasant environment for students, teachers, and sta and be a positive

addition to the community.

» Provide a safe environment that promotes learning opportunities in accordance with

relevant codes and ordinances.

» Allow for team teaching options in part of each group of classrooms. (Use of extra wide

double doors has worked well in many schools.)

» Restrooms distributed to be convenient to students and sta.

» Courtyard(s)/outdoor learning spaces that can be used for educational purposes.

» Be designed for cost eective operation and maintenance.

» Be adaptable as center for community use and education, ne arts education, and/or

before and after-school programs.

» Provide opportunities to adjust to programmatic (instructional and community) and

technological changes:

» Flexibility of existing spaces to meet a number of purposes.

» Ability to expand.

» Ability to accommodate new technologies into learning environments.

» Organized in clear and consistent manner featuring:

» Single point-of-entry.

» Ease of supervision and security (controlled building access, functional

organization and separation for after-hours use).

» Locate common-use facilities (media center, cafeteria/kitchen, gym, PAC,

restrooms) for after-hours use while securing the remainder of the school.

» Locate workrooms in convenient proximity to the administration oce and sta

areas.

» Natural light to learning areas.

» Separation of noisy from quiet activities.

» Universal design.

» Some APS schools have a School Based Health Center (SBHCs) or a Community Based

Health Clinic (CBHC) on campus. See CMP Utilization for program needs.

» These programs are run by third party providers. APS provides the required

spaces, power, data, and regular janitorial services.

» The SBHC provider provides a variety of services (not all services are at each site)

such as primary care, preventive care, behavioral health and dental (very limited).

All the APS SBHCs serve only students at the school they are housed.

» A CBHC serves the students at the school and also has hours when the

community has access to the clinic

» Refer also to each individual school level standards (Elementary School, Middle School,

K-8, and High School).

Site Development

» Elements of site development include the harmonious blend of the following elements

for the school site, perimeters, parking lots, and adjacent streets. Aesthetic appeal and

ease of maintenance are paramount concerns.

» Areas adjacent to an existing or planned housing development shall be buered from

the houses. Drainage or blowing sand impact on neighbors is not allowed. Consider

impacts of fugitive dust and storm water run-o in project planning.

» O-Site Student Pedestrian Access, Sidewalks, and Access Streets

» While FD+C and the contract A/E will meet with the BLUZ team to identify

and minimize hazards where feasible, o-site sidewalks, access streets, and

circulation are not within the jurisdiction of APS. “Park and walk” use of adjacent

neighborhood streets is discouraged. The following are desirable, but not within

APS’s control:

» Signals and signs to permit safe pedestrian entrance to and exits from the

school area.

» Barrier-free sidewalks connecting schools to adjacent residential areas.

» On-Site Pedestrian Access/Sidewalks

» The pedestrian entry to the site shall be clearly dened. Paved sidewalks shall

connect all school activity areas, including portables, (to provide accessibility

and avoid undue maintenance in interior areas from mud or sand).

» On-Site Bicycle Use

» Provide fencing (lockable) around a concrete pad for bicycle storage.

» Provide bicycle racks.

» Accessibility

» Provide ADA compliant access to facilities (universal access preferred). Use

ramps, handrails, and curb at building entrances, parking areas, playgrounds, and

pedestrian walks in accordance with the New Mexico Building Code, American

National Standards Institute, specications for designing buildings and facilities

accessible to and usable by people with physical disabilities.

» Main Entry/ Single Point of Entry

» Access points (See Safety/Security section for additional single-point of entry

requirements):

» For security, limit the number of school access points. The main entrance to

buildings or building complexes shall be clearly dened by employing, primarily,

architectural elements, and, secondarily, reinforced by landscaping, directional

signage, and other means. Signage shall clearly identify car, bus, delivery,

handicapped parking, and drop-o areas; dierent parking areas; location of

accessible routes; and route to the oce.

» School Sign:

» The school shall have an integral sign mounted on the building with the name

of the school and the street number. The school may also have a free standing

monument sign with the name of the school and street number located near the

street. The monument sign is not to be confused with a marquee sign (refer to

signage section in these Guidelines).

» Flagpole:

» Provide one agpole that is a minimum of 20’ tall with sheathed metallic ag-

snaps. The pole shall be one piece, non-tilted, aluminum.

» Vehicular Circulation

» There shall be clear, separate, distinct and safe on-site circulation paths for pedestrians,

school buses and sta, visitor, and service vehicles. Multiple access points for vehicles are

preferred.

General Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

*** M&O Notes: Posts for signs to be #3 U-channel. Sign hardware shall be vandal-guard. Fence mounted

signs to have 3.5” aluminum plates. All trac signs for directions, safety, trac control, and ADA will be

installed by general contractor. The signs that are mounted on buildings to be attached on all corners of the

sign and high enough to prevent grati or vandalism. Identication numbers or letters of school names etc.

will be high enough o ground and adhered suciently to inhibit vandalizing.

» Bus Loading / Unloading:

» During programming, conrm the current and projected number of buses at a

school with APS Transportation and CMP.

» Strive to provide separate bus loading/unloading zones accommodating

the required number of buses for that school that do not conict with other

vehicular or pedestrian pathways and provides for the safe loading and

unloading of students.

» The loading area shall be able to accommodate up to 80% of the school

population in a safe and orderly manner and load students from the curb directly

into the bus door without passing between or behind buses or cars. Conrm

the projected number of students and buses based on the school’s projected

student population. Provide curb access area for the projected number of SPED

buses with lifts (check with transportation regarding the size of the buses to be

used at each particular site) as well as after-school daycare vans.

» Design bus lanes per bus congurations and turning radius requirements.

» See Appendix K for bus congurations and turning radius requirements.

» Provide separate bus lanes from parent drop o and pick up lane.

» Provide a separate drop o for wheel chair buses (Typically is a mid-size bus).

» Bus boarding zones:

» Provide a fence at boarding zones.

» Load buses directly from the adjacent sidewalk (no walking around or

between buses).

» Include way-nding design elements for younger students to nd their bus.

Consider color coding.

» Consider new technology (swipe on and o buses) at bus loading area.

*** The contract A/E is required to meet with APS Transportation and BLUZ team for approval of the bus

loading area layout and entry / egress turning schemes.

***The contract A/E shall conrm with APS CMP and Transportation the intensity of bus lane use.

» Student Drop-O / Pick-Up

» There shall be a separate area for the drop-o and pick-up of students by

individual vehicles that shall not conict with other vehicular or pedestrian

pathways and provides for the safe loading and unloading of students. This has

been a consistent safety concern for schools as the number of walking students

have tended to diminish. The area should allow for a right door exit from the

vehicle to the curb. Employ fencing to control pedestrians from walking in front

of waiting cars. No parent cars in bus lanes.

» Provide separate kindergarten drop-o and parking area when site allows.

*** To the extent possible, provide the length of the drop-o roadway to accommodate stated amount of

vehicles cued for pick up and drop o; to be discussed with BLUZ Committee.

» Vehicular Entrances / Exits

» If feasible, buses should not be dependent on other on-site trac movement in

order to exit, since buses all exit at the same time turning both directions from

the site drives.

» Service / Emergency Access

» Appropriate access to all areas of the site by service, garbage, and emergency

vehicles shall be properly identied.

» Truck access to the kitchen and garbage trucks will not pass through general

pedestrian or play areas.

» Design of surfaces for maintenance vehicles shall be appropriate for the weight

and clearance.

» Design dumpster area and garbage truck approach per City of Albuquerque

(COA) dimensional details, and/or other jurisdictions if applicable. (Note:

Although APS FD+C projects are permitted through NM CID, vehicular clearance

requirements identied by the COA provide practical functionality for campus

circulation. )

» The COA’s requirement for grease traps at dumpsters does not apply to APS

campuses. Follow the requirements of the AHJ (usually CID).

***The contract A/E’s will meet with local Fire Department to determine access points for re trucks to site.

Allow for re hose access to all parts of the school and re trucks to portable area. Access to the nurse’s oce

shall be direct and easily identiable for emergency medical personnel. APS Nursing Services has requested

a reserved area for emergency medical service vehicles at every school.

» Street / Parking Area Condition

» Streets and parking areas shall have the appropriate pavement prole(s) for

vehicles using them. Consult the project geotechnical study, and account for all

types of trac that will transverse the pavement.

» Discuss with BLUZ committee as to jurisdictional responsibilities of these subject

adjacent areas.

» Parking Standards and Signage

» Coordinate facility parking requirements with the NM Building Code.

» There shall be adequate, safe parking for sta and visitors. Parking areas shall

be paved and separate from other access ways. Parking areas shall be equipped

with LED security lighting (including rough-ins for security cameras as aorded

and needed). Design lighting in compliance with New Mexico Night Sky

Protection Act, City Ordinances and Neighborhood Regulation and per APS

Electrical Design Standards.

» Provide 3 designated parking spaces with signs for the principal and 2 other

personnel to be determined during design.

» Determine the appropriate number of visitor parking spaces with the school and

FD+C sta architect (20 - 30 visitor parking spaces is typical). Provide signage for

visitor parking spaces.

» Prefer visitor parking and part of sta parking centralized for control of access to

the oce.

» Provide 1 designated parking space with sign for APS police.

» Provide a designated parking area with signage for 1.5 spaces for each teacher

and sta member. Optimize adjacency for visitor and sta parking to the school

oce to support safety and security.

» Install signage in kitchen parking lot. School needs signage for delivery zone and

to prevent others from parking in their area.

» Schools require a minimum of 3 parking spaces next to kitchen door for

General Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

early morning arrival, and require 3 - 8 parking spaces designated with

signage for kitchen sta near the kitchen area. Check with Food and

Nutrition Services for required kitchen parking spaces during design.

» A/E shall conrm parking requirements for other agencies (social services, city

daycare, etc.) with school administration.

» Number of handicapped parking spaces, shall be as required per most restrictive

code designated and dispersed between sta and visitor lots.

» Provide an M&O parking space with sign.

» Provide a dedicated parking space for other law enforcement agencies.

» Provide signs for parent drop-o lane indicating direction of travel and no

parking.

» Provide signs for bus lane indicating buses only, no private vehicles or parking.

» Provide signage at entrances to direct visitors to the school oce. “Visitors must

report to the School Oce”.

» Provide signage for green vehicles and/or signage required for LEED points [e.g.

tobacco use prohibition, facilities community use availability, etc.]

» Provide signage for EV parking spaces. See EV Standard.

» Provide student parking area at high schools.

» Consider joint use of parking area for band use. Joint use requires area free of

light poles and special striping for band practice.

» Portable Classroom Building Locations

» If expressly stated as a consideration during programming, there shall be

sucient room for ingress and egress of portable buildings to the site.

*** Provide 32’ improved access lane with straight-in clearance of 96’ for doubles and 60’ for singles. Access

lane gate shall be 30’ wide.

» Dene portable classroom areas during planning and design phases.

» Identify the total number of portables that the site can feasibly support.

» Plan for infrastructure to support portable classrooms.

» Integrate portable classroom buildings with other academic learning areas and

provide equal access to school support and common-use spaces, as well as open

space.

» Discuss other potential portable issues, including access, security, condition, etc.

» Portable areas shall have main domestic water and sewer lines installed and

ready for connection. In areas with more than 4 doubles, expect installation of a

restroom portable.

Safety / Security

» Single Point of Entry

» All school facility(ies) shall be accessed from a single point of entry. Parking,

drop-o/pick-up, pedestrian routes, and other site access locations shall guide/

funnel anyone entering the campus to the single point of entry.

» The single point of entry shall be designed as a secure vestibule. The secure

vestibule will require all visitors to sign in at the school’s reception area before

accessing other areas of the school.

» The single point of entry applies to all school sites, including both single and

multi-building campuses.

» See Appendix for more vestibule and security gate requirements.

» Site Fencing

» The site shall be securable with perimeter and/or interior fencing.

» Security fencing shall be a minimum of 6’-0” high. Chain link is acceptable for

“back-of-house” areas, while welded wire fence may be desirable at specic

areas.

» Interior fencing is also referred to as “inter-building” fencing. This strategy

may be employed where school buildings serve as barriers/walls and fencing

is constructed between buildings to provide a fenced environment to allow

exterior circulation for school occupants between and among separate

buildings.

» The site fencing layout must be coordinated with building egress requirements

as well as the District’s re evacuation plan and ALICE (Alert, Lockdown, Inform,

Counter, Evacuate) protocol. Provide egress gates within the security fence as

required by code, for re evacuation, and for access to site features (recreation,

playgrounds, parking, etc.).

» Be cognizant of elevation and material changes at fencing as these conditions

may make fencing easier to scale.

» Pedestrian egress gates (aka ALICE gates) shall be exit-only, except where

approved for re-entry with card access by the APS sta architect and security

team representatives.

» Install perimeter fencing on the property line. Coordinate requirements with the

APS sta architect and APS Real Estate Department.

» Provide signage on ALICE gate that the gate should remain closed during school

hours, with instruction about how to properly access school site.

» The site fencing layout must be coordinated with joint-use areas. The school

shall be able to secure and use joint-use space during school hours. Coordinate

requirements for community use of joint use areas with the APS sta architect

and APS Real Estate Department.

» Provide signage at perimeter and joint use fences. Coordinate signage

requirements with the APS sta architect and the APS Real Estate Department.

» Vehicle gates may be required within site security fencing for maintenance

access and re lanes. Coordinate locations with the APS sta architect and M&O.

» In addition to site security, fencing may be used to protect students/sta from

trac hazards, steep slopes, drainage ponds.

» Refer to Appendix A in this document for detailed fencing requirements.

» ALICE gates should be ADA compliant whenever possible.

» Site Security Lighting

» Sites shall have illuminated parking areas, walks, entrances, portable areas, and

exterior building areas for both safety and security purposes.

» Exterior lighting shall meet Illumination Engineering Society (IES)

recommendations.

» Cameras (CCTV)

» Coordinate camera conguration during design reviews, including 50% and 95%.

» Coordinate the locations and congurations of exterior and interior cameras with

the APS sta architect and APS security team.

General Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

» Provide a perimeter view of the building.

» Conrm current camera technology with APS sta architect / security team.

» Locate cameras eciently; avoid doubling up.

» Cover all common and open areas, including gyms.

» Camera monitoring is typically located in the administrative oce area, or

in a security suite if the school has one. Provide sucient power and data in

monitoring rooms. Provide 4 data jacks on each wall. Verify monitor quantities,

design, and workstation layout/requirements with APS police in addition to the

security team.

» Clearly identify the general contractor’s versus APS special systems contractor’s

scopes of work in the contract documents.

Site and General Utility Requirements

» General site utility requirements

» Design for easy and low cost maintenance.

» All underground utilities must be traceable for GPS coordinate documentation.

» On a case by case basis, consider GPS survey of the site utilities prior to

backll.

» To the extent made possible, consider the conceptual designs for utility services

[sewer, water, gas] as loops.

» For additions and renovations, consider the consolidations of meters for all

services [electrical, gas, water].

» Remove all abandoned utility lines and infrastructure, including underground.

» Coordinate site utility easement requirements with FD+C and the APS Real Estate

department.

» Electric Service

» Electric service shall be underground.

» Overhead lines are allowed for temporary portable classroom areas to facilitate

connection and allow for special systems wiring that will share masts. For such

overhead lines comply with special wiring requirements of M&O and codes.

» See APS Electrical Design Standards.

***Arrange, locate, size utilities to accommodate future expansion[s]

» Electrical Equipment

» Outdoor light xtures, electric outlets, equipment (such as sump pumps), and

other xtures shall be accessible for repair and replacement, energy ecient, and

locally serviceable. Access means sized so a person can eciently work on the

item, and safe so buried items are not in water-lled vaults. Equipment will be

vandal resistant and avoid glass components. Refer to the current published APS

Electrical Design Standards on the FD+C website.

M&O Note: APS has transferred ownership and servicing of primary transformers to PNM.

» Supply Water

» Outside water supply shall be adequate for normal usage. Meter domestic and

irrigation water separately. Consolidate water meters; the APS preference is for

one domestic and one irrigation meter per campus. The irrigation system shall

be ‘water only’ meter. If gray water or non-potable system is proposed, discuss

with APS M&O and FD+C. Ensure the existence of a water and sewer availability

statement.

Refer to the current published APS Mechanical Systems Design Standards.

» Water for Fire Protection

» Fire hydrants must be included per jurisdiction Development Process Manual

(DPM) standards. Provide easements where required and coordinate these

easements with APS Real Estate oce. Refer to the current published APS

Mechanical Systems Design Standards.

» Locate FDC Connections outside of the secure fence area whenever possible. If

not possible, then provide Fire Department knox padlock on vehicle gate.

» Drain Fields

» Septic tanks and drainage elds shall be located away from all student-accessed

areas or sealed in monitored vaults. All such areas will be fenced.

» Gas Lines

» Site gas piping shall be traceable and accessible for repair. Locate “U” shut-o

above surface in fenced enclosure for each portable area. Zone site piping so

sections of the site can be turned o and tested without turning o the main

gas service for the whole school. Refer to the current published APS Mechanical

Systems Design Standards.

M&O Note: Comply with APS M&O low/medium pressure design guidelines for gas piping.

» Mechanical Units

» Ensure units are protected from vandalism, safe, and easy to access for

maintenance and visually screened to public areas. Refer to the current

published APS Mechanical Systems Design Standards.

» If using a VRF system mechanical vendors will be pre-selected and procured after

the 50% CD review.

» Consider the location, proximity, and acoustically- separating noisy building

mechanical equipment with respect to adjacent neighbors.

» Fire Systems

» Locate the Fire alarm system panel in the administrative oce, separate from

MDF/IDF room.

» Knox Boxes and Locks

» Provide knox boxes and locks as required by the Fire Marshal.

» Coordinate knox boxes during the design process and determine the nal

location in the eld with the Fire Marshal prior to installation.

» Do not alarm the knox box.

» Fire Extinguishers

» Call out re extinguishers, including type, quantity, and location in the contract

documents.

» APS M&O provides 10 pound and 60 pound K-rated re extinguishers as

identied by the A/E in the contract documents.

» The general contractor provides re extinguishers if they are dierent from

General Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

those identied above.

» The general contractor installs all re extinguishers, including those

provided by APS M&O.

» Locate re extinguishers in cabinets. Cabinets shall be provided and installed by

the general contractor.

» Cabinets shall be semi-recessed, glass free, and sized to hold 10 pound re

extinguishers.

» Provide space for a 60 pound K-rated re extinguisher in the kitchen.

» Pest Control

» Design shall consider and prevent hazards at any fresh air intake. Add air intake/

bird deterrent at roofs, edges, windows, HVAC units, etc.

» Garbage Collection

» Each school shall have a designated garbage collection area meeting (CID)

standards, and/or other authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) as applicable.

» The garbage collection area shall be located near the kitchen, and accessible to

a service access drive. Coordinate service requirements with APS M&O Grounds

Department. The garbage collection area shall:

» Meet COA/AHJ standard detail for enclosure with gates.

» Provide space for 4 six cubic yard dumpsters (of which one is for

recyclables) or 1-2 trash compactors with one dumpster for recyclables.

Coordinate the size and amount of dumpsters with APS M&O and Waste

Management.

» Accommodate Waste Management garbage truck access clearances.

» Locate dumpsters close to kitchen door, but not too close (rodents).

» Drain + G.T at dumpsters is not required by APS unless necessitated by AHJ.

Landscaping

» APS requires review by representatives of both FD+C and M&O Grounds and

Maintenance.

» Site landscaping shall require minimal maintenance and water conservation. APS

site maintenance personnel should be able to maintain all site landscaping with

existing district equipment. Raised or steep lawn areas requiring small mower

use are not allowed.

» Plant material shall provide shade, wind protection, erosion control, and

aesthetic qualities for the building and surrounding area. Ideally, strive to

landscape 7-15% of the school site with indigenous trees and planted areas (not

including a grass eld).

» Other considerations:

» Minimize use of water and consider water harvesting to assist plant

survival.

» Types and placement of plantings. Avoid plantings directly adjacent to

buildings and foundations. Plantings should not obscure site security needs

for visibility.

» Irrigation systems. (Note that irrigated landscaping immediately adjacent

to buildings is not allowed.)

M&O Note: Avoid loose rock or gravel ground cover near windows and articial stucco surfaces.

» Priority Areas for Landscape

» Parking lots (break up the visual expanse of paving).

» Perimeters of the school facing public right-of-ways (on APS property).

» Exterior common areas (courts, plaza, between wings, permanent portable area).

» Outside learning areas.

» Playgrounds and elds.

M&O Note: Provide tree wells with mulch in grass areas and with sucient open dirt around them in hard

surface areas to deter uplifting of surface.

M&O Note: Provide for remote control of irrigation system controllers. For new systems provide the conduit,

pull wire and electrical to allow for this connection to occur.

» Landscape and Site Design Directives

» Emphasize use of tree plantings, both ornamental and shade, and large-scale

shrubs.

» Avoid ornamental shrub plantings.

» Use sparingly and only to emphasize the primary building entrance.

» APS Grounds Department cannot maintain shrub beds and shrub plantings,

and cannot perform weeding, deadheading, or apply chemical herbicide or

pesticide applications that extensive ornamental shrub beds require.

» The following trees and shrubs shall not be planted on APS property:

» Green and white ashes

» Elms (except hybrid elms)

» Kentucky coee tree and aspen trees

» Spruces

» Golden rain tree

» Black locust

» Sugar and silver maple

» Poplars, cottonwoods

» Box elder (except sensation maple)

» Willows (except desert willow)

» Russian olives

» Pyracantha

» Ponderosa pine

» Piñon pine

» Sycamores

» Oleander

» Junipers

» Cotoneasters

» Euonymous

» Ornamental Native Grass and Native Grass Re-Veg Seeding

» Landscape designs shall use native grass re-veg seeding in perimeter areas

of a site that are not accessible to students.

» Use native grass seeding as an ornamental landscape treatment only in

irrigated areas.

» Specify establishment period and fencing requirements. Planting requirements:

» Shade trees shall be a minimum 2.5” caliper or larger.

» Ornamental trees (owering pear, owering plum, etc.) shall be a minimum

2” caliper or larger.

General Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

» All shrubs shall be a minimum 5 gallon or larger.

» All shrubs shall be xeric plantings.

» Tree wells located in paved areas shall have a minimum interior area of 10’ x

10’.

» All trees planted in turf areas shall receive a minimum of 2” depth and 6’

diameter bark mulch ring at the base of the tree. The bark shall be kept

back away from the trunk of the tree to prevent rotting.

» Design all landscape areas so that there is no site run-o of irrigation water.

» Mulch:

» All landscape areas shall receive aggregate mulches as ground cover in the

form of gravel mulches and/or crusher nes.

» Minimum depth of all gravel mulches shall be 2” depth and the

minimum depth of all crusher ne mulches shall be 3’ depth.

» All mulch areas shall receive lter fabric unless the mulch is crusher

nes that are installed in high trac areas. APS Grounds will

determine whether lter fabric is required or not.

» Aggregate mulch sizes shall be limited to the smallest size aggregate

that is practical for each specic application.

» Aggregate mulches larger than 1” size will not be allowed on APS

properties except for use on steep slope areas (3:1 and greater) and

drainage areas. Crusher nes shall not be used in areas steeper than

10:1 and in areas that are used for conveying drainage or temporarily

holding storm water run-o.

» Organic mulches are not allowed on district properties except for the

use of bark mulch rings at tree plantings.

» All aggregate mulches used in drainage areas near buildings shall be

embedded in concrete to prevent the stones from being dislodged.

» The design of sloped areas adjacent to or near buildings shall include

the use of retaining walls, etc. to step grades and avoid the use of

mulches on steep slopes.

» Playelds and Athletic Fields

» Grass sod shall be limited to use on playelds and athletic elds only; and

provided that the playeld and athletic eld areas are one acre or larger

(contiguous, not aggregate).

» Grass seeding shall not be used on playelds and athletic elds.

» Any eld one acre or less shall be required to have articial turf installed.

» Plan Requirements:

» Note the grass species on the construction drawings and do not include in

the written specications.

» Grass species is limited to Bluegrass species mix unless otherwise prior

approved by the APS Grounds Department (for example: Bluegrass-

Bermuda grass mix). Grass species mixes such as ‘Park Blend” shall not be

used on APS District properties.

» All playelds and athletic elds shall be fenced with temporary

construction fencing during the grass establishment period. The new

eld will not be available for use by the school during the establishment

period. The cost of temporary construction fencing shall be paid for by APS

through their on-call fencing contract and costs of this fencing shall be

included in the Landscape Architect’s Opinion of Probable Construction

Cost estimate for the project.

» The establishment period will be twelve months (one year) from the date of

nal acceptance.

» All grass sod areas shall have a concrete mow curb consisting of a minimum

6” wide x 6” deep concrete mow curb around the entire edge of grass.

» Separate all grass areas from all street curbs by a porous landscape buer

of ¼” minimum crusher nes. The buer shall be a minimum of 18’ wide and

6’deep.

» The top surface of the buer shall be two inches below the top of the mow

curb and two inches below the top of the street curb.

» Irrigation and Water Audit

» All sodded grass areas shall have full head to head coverage irrigation systems.

» Design all landscape areas so that there is no o-site run-o of irrigation water.

» All grass playelds and athletic elds of one acre or greater shall have an

irrigation system water audit performed prior to the installation of the sodded

grass. Submit a copy of the water audit to APS Grounds Department for review

prior to installation of the sodded grass. Any installed irrigation system that does

not meet the minimum audit requirements shall be modied and a re-audit

performed and approved prior to the installation of sodded grass.

» Articial Turf Design Directives

» Any eld one acre or less shall be required to have articial turf installed.

» Use cooling granular ll / low temperature reduction ll for all articial turf

construction.

» For elementary schools and elds less than 50,000 SF, use Slit Film articial turf.

» For elds greater than 50,000 SF, both slit lm and mono-lament articial turf

are acceptable. This includes:

» Baseball/softball elds

» Multipurpose elds

» Soccer/football elds

» Multipurpose elds

» Landscape-only articial turf surfacing: Use primarily in areas such as courtyards,

plazas, landscape areas that do not require G-max testing.

» Irrigation is required where trees and shrubs are planted in or adjacent to the

articial turf.

» Drainage requirements apply for articial turf areas the same as grass.

» The contractor shall verify special conditions required for the installation of the

system and shall notify the owner and/or architect of any discrepancies.

» Mitigate erosion from adjacent areas onto the articial turf as it signicantly

impacts the lifespan of the articial turf.

» Irrigation System Design Directive

» There shall be fully automatic underground sprinkler systems with vandal-proof

sprinkler heads that cover all play elds, lawns, and planting areas. All sprinkler

systems shall be automatic and can be controlled remotely.

» Process Requirements:

» Prior to starting irrigation designs for any new or existing APS district

property, contact the APS Irrigation Supervisor with APS Grounds

Department to discuss the design scope, intent, equipment required, etc.

» APS Irrigation Supervisor must approve all irrigation designs prior to

General Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

bidding or construction.

» The APS Irrigation Supervisor must be represented at all pre-construction

conferences and must be present for all required irrigation testing and for

the nal project walk-through meetings.

» Provide an irrigation audit for all high water use grass areas.

» High water use grass areas less than one acre are not allowed on APS District

properties.

» Plan Requirements:

» All irrigation plans shall meet the requirements of local ordinances.

» Whenever an irrigation plan involves modication to an existing irrigation

system, the existing system shall be modied as necessary to bring the

existing system into compliance with Plumbing Code requirements for

back-ow prevention.

» All irrigation systems shall have a separate water meter, to the extent

practical.

» In all cases, irrigation systems with high water grass areas or large planted

areas shall have separate water meters.

» The following statement shall appear on the face of each irrigation plan:

» “At the time of nal acceptance, the Contractor shall demonstrate to

the Landscape Architect and the Owner, that the operating pressure

at each head has been adjusted to match the specied design

operating pressure for each valve.”

» The APS Irrigation Supervisor shall approve the selection of all irrigation

product brands and models.

» All irrigation plans shall state the following information:

» Existing static pressure at meter or point of connection.

» A system performance chart that provides the following information

for each control valve:

» Control valve number. Irrigation control valves shall be labeled

numerically.

» Valve brand and model number.

» Irrigation head brand and model number.

» Irrigation head nozzle size.

» Irrigation head spacing.

» Irrigation head gallons per minute.

» Total gallons per minute for each valve and for the total project.

» Design operating pressure at the head.

» Precipitation rate at design operating pressure.

» Length of time required to operate valves in order to apply 0.33

inches of water.

» Whenever possible, systems shall use pressure regulating valves.

» The APS Irrigation Supervisor shall approve the selection of the specic type of

controller and size of controller.

» Place controllers in a fenced enclosure along with the back-ow device.

Fenced enclosure shall be 6 feet tall with a 3 foot wide gate, and provide 3

feet minimum clearance around the controller and back-ow preventer.

» Irrigation controllers shall not be placed inside of buildings or inside of

walled enclosures unless approved by APS Grounds Department.

» Design irrigation systems with capacity to place 2 inches of water per week on

high water use grasses.

» The water shall be applied in a six day period during a watering window

from 10 PM to 7 AM.

» Provide reduced pressure back-ow prevention devices in an insulated, heated

hot box at all irrigation points of connection.

» Extend electrical service to the hot box location.

» If electrical is not available the APS Irrigation Supervisor shall decide on an

alternative solution.

» To the extent practical, install hot boxes and irrigation controllers in the

same location and inside a standard APS fenced enclosure.

» The use of PVB’s and AVB’s will not be allowed on APS District properties.

» Bubbler heads shall be low ow pressure compensating bubblers.

» Drip irrigation systems will not be used on APS District properties unless

prior approval is provided by APS Grounds Department.

» Irrigation systems on slopes shall be designed so that heads at the bottom

of the slope are on separate valves from heads on the side and top of the

slope.

» Irrigation systems shall be designed so that there is no o-site run-o of

irrigation water.

***Provide separate metering for irrigation and domestic water systems with back ow prevention.

Irrigation metering shall be water only. Sprinkler controls shall be in an outside vandal-proof vault.

» Walkways / Gathering Areas

» High pedestrian trac areas shall be paved.

*** For accessibility, walkway slopes shall comply with accessibility standards for children.

» Outdoor Seating

» Fixed seating is required in high pedestrian areas.

» Fixed seating with a shade structure is required in outdoor learning areas.

» Consider an outdoor performance area.

» Outdoor seating will be provided by the GC (not by APS FD+C or F+E). Could

be exterior ground-mounted furniture, poured-in-place concrete, or other

appropriate exterior application. Slope all concrete seats for best drainage.

M&O Note: Provide skateboard deterrents on all low walls, seating, and other structures that could be

targeted by skate boarders. Modular play units of recycled material are acceptable except for slides. (Slides

have had high UV degradation rate and vandalism in past.)

» Developed Area

» The school shall be developed as completely as practical with building area,

landscaping, trac areas, hard-surface play areas, and pedestrian ways with the

intent of minimizing vacant, dirt areas and nuisance ponding.

** Non-landscaped areas impose legal storm water and fugitive dust control issues on APS.

» School Gardens

» School gardens are driven by curriculum which is approved by APS School

Gardens and utilization data. Budget-permitting, an area may be set aside for a

school garden. In design, work with the FD+C Cluster Team.

» School gardens are located at all school levels, although most are at elementary

schools and must be coordinated among APS School Gardens department,

General Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

FD+C, M+O, and the school.

» The school garden must have principal support and developed curriculum,

community gardens are not permitted on school property.

» Size for manageability. In locating, work with FD+C, consider sunlight, irrigation,

and future campus development.

» Coordinate with M&O or FD+C regarding irrigation.

» Quick coupler valve with main line installation is the preferred option. Second

option is a quick coupler tied to irrigation system and coordinated timing with

M&O. Third option is a building hose bib.

» All irrigation and equipment must be installed through an APS-approved

contract for M&O to repair or maintain.

» FD+ C will provide the APS School Garden Coordinator with the recessed garden

bed, an accessible raised planter, and a quick coupler valve.

» Raised planters are recommended for accessibility and may be constructed

of concrete, CMU, or non-toxic wood.

» Planters should be no wider than 3 feet.

» Site water ow should be towards the garden area to conserve water.

» Consider water quality of rainwater; water catchment systems are not

recommended for watering plants that may be consumed by students,

sta, and people due health and safety concerns.

» If a greenhouse is programmed:

» The greenhouse is an instructional space used for growing plants.

» Consult with APS Sta Architect for prototype examples. The greenhouse at

South Valley Academy is one example. Another example is at Sandia High

School.

» Greenhouses may be shared among various school programs. For example, high

school greenhouses may be shared between science and culinary arts.

» Provide an adjacent outdoor work area, such as a patio or garden space.

» Provide a utility sink with drain boards and threaded faucet.

» If skylights or high windows are provided, include motorized blinds to control

daylighting.

» The greenhouse shall be ADA compliant.

» A greenhouse should include: a door lock, shelving, ventilation, 2 foot deep

shelves.

» Add irrigation inside (hydrant) and outside of greenhouse, with a timer (battery

operated) to control water.

» Drainage Design Directives

» The site shall be graded to ensure eective drainage directed away from buildings,

pedestrian trac, and congregation areas.

***Due to requirements of new federal regulations for storm water pollution protection, leaving large areas

in bare soil is no longer acceptable. Recommendation shall plant perimeter areas in native grasses and

provide a permanent irrigation system to support initial germination and allow for sustaining the area in

drought conditions.

» Drainage requirements

» Water shall not discharge over sidewalks.

» Discharge on the north side of a building shall be avoided over walks or trac

areas.

» Drainage shall be removed by adequate catch basins and drainpipes.

» Roof drainage shall be directed away from the building and not ow into the

landscape areas adjacent to buildings, except when intentionally designed for

water harvesting.

» Recreation and play areas shall be properly drained at about 2% slope.

» Drainage into public rights-of-way is prohibited unless approved by governing

authority.

» Roof Drains

» Provide a paved swale extending from the point where the roof drain exists to a

point where it exits the landscaped area.

» Pave these swales with either concrete, or rip-rap that is embedded in cement.

» No loose cobble swales shall be allowed on APS District properties.

» Landscaped Area

» Water harvesting in landscape areas is encouraged.

» The depressions for harvesting water must be shallow enough to drain

quickly upon a storm event and shall not hold water for more than 96

hours.

» Depressions greater than 18 inches in depth or not draining within 96

hours must be fenced.

» Provide a paved drainage swale extending through a landscape/planting area to

a point where it exits the landscaped area.

» Pave drainage swales with either concrete, or rip-rap that is embedded in

cement.

» Provide drainage drop inlets with an apron of cemented rip-rap placed around

the entire drop inlet.

» The rip-rap apron shall be at least 18” wide.

» This rip-rap apron is in addition to the standard concrete apron and will not

be substituted for the standard concrete apron.

» Sidewalk culverts are not allowed.

LEED®: Consider design elements for storm water management such as water harvesting, minimizing

erosion and wind-blown dirt, and reducing o-site impact of on-site water generation towards levels of

pre-construction runo volume. Wetlands or vegetated side slopes of naturally designed ponds may qualify

for points.

Site Recreation

» The school site shall provide outdoor recreation and learning areas suitable for age of

student population served.

» Playgrounds shall only be built at elementary and prekindergarten school facilities. Refer

to the APS Playground Standards.

» High schools may have a concessions stand, which includes restrooms. Locate the

concessessions stand to be central to all elds/athletic events and be cognizant of Title IX

equity.

» Physical Education and Athletic Facilities

» All physical education and athletic facilities, including exterior playing elds, must be

equal (quality and quantity) for male and female per Title IX requirements and must meet

all requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act.

» High School playing elds and courts that are intended for competition use must

General Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

General Site and Facility Design Concepts

meet the requirements of the National Federation of High School Associations

(NFHS), including overall dimensions, line markings, and safety zones.

» All elds less than 1 contiguous acre shall be articial turf.

» Standard Fields

» Elementary School:

» 23,690 SF, Articial Turf. Approximately 160 LF x 148 LF or similar.

» Middle School:

» Articial Turf = 54,100 SF, Oval shaped with longest dimensions approximately

190 LF x 327 LF.

» Natural Grass = 73,800 SF. Oval Shaped with longest dimensions approximately

180 LF x 410 LF.

» Track surfaces surrounding natural grass elds at middle schools are graded

earth, which are maintained by M&O. The tracks are approximately 20 FT wide.

» Track surfaces surrounding articial turf elds at middle schools are asphalt with

ush height concrete curbs at edges.

» High School:

» Multipurpose Synthetic Turf = 330 LF x 195 LF playing eld area plus perimeter

safety zone. Provide striping for both soccer games and football practice.

» Track and Field/Football Practice Synthetic Turf = Playing eld per NFHS

requirements (360 LF x 160 LF plus restraining line and perimeter safety zone).

» Include 400 meter perimeter track with (6) 42 inch lanes with an (8) lane

straight away per NFHS.

» Track shall be polyurethane (not latex).

» Put concrete around the outside of the track. Dirt on the outside of the

track will destroy the surface. Limit sprinklers adjacent to track.

» Congure track and eld for ecient use of limited space.

» One D-end of the eld shall be polyurethane for track and eld events and

the other D-end shall be synthetic turf.

» Locate javelin and discus activities for close adjacency.

» Pole vault pit

» Long jump pit

» Discus and javelin

» If providing natural grass: 77,000 SF, or as dictated by eld use, with playeld and

track dimensions as noted above and per NFHS requirements.

» Provide pedestrian access to eld for students, athletes, and spectators.

» Provide perimeter eld fencing with vehicular access gates for maintenance.

» Provide scoreboard, including electrical and data needs for scoring table.

» Provide ADA accessible bleachers (5 rows) at high school elds.

» Tennis Courts

» Provide 4 tennis courts per high school.

» Recommended orientation of courts north-northwest by south-southwest at

approximately 22 degrees (true north).

» If feasible, locate courts for potential expansion from 4 to 6 courts.

» Court standards:

» Provide post tensioned concrete slab designed for the soil conditions,

ideally if budget is permitting. Otherwise provide reinforced concrete slab.

» Provide textured acrylic surfacing for concrete tennis courts and epoxy

sealant with acrylic resurfacer.

» Surface drainage: pitch 1 inch per 10 feet. Each court should be in one

plane and pitch side to side; never up or down to middle court.

» Provide court dimensions (for doubles play), line marking, net posts, nets,

perimeter safety zones, and other standards per the NFHS.

» Provide 10 foot high perimeter fencing for ball containment and to secure courts.

Include pedestrian gates.

» Soccer Field

» Play eld dimensions shall comply with the requirements of the NFHS. Specically: 195

feet by 330 feet (actual eld dimensions; additional border width required for safety

zone).

» Baseball and Softball Fields:

» Field dimensions shall comply with requirements of the NFHS.

» Fields shall be sloped to drain from the center towards both sides.

» Field facilities shall include (for both baseball and softball):

» Backstop, eld fencing with cap, foul ball poles

» Dugout with tall fence protection (8 feet)

» Bleachers - 5 row (may require protective netting)

» Pitcher warm-up area

» Batting cage

» Storage (400 square feet each, not combined)

» Mind uses on the other side of the fence outside the eld; protective

netting may be required.

» Outelds of the baseball/softball elds may be used by PE and other

athletics in the fall.

» Basketball Courts

» If space is available on site, Provide 2 to 4 outdoor basketball courts for middle

and high schools, and 2 outdoor basketball courts for elementary schools.

» If space allows, court dimensions shall be 85’x50’

» Court surface material shall be concrete, with striping painted per the National

Federation of State High Schools (NFHS) guidelines to the extent feasible.

» Outdoor courts are recreational in nature and may be smaller than regulation

high school size due to space limitations.

General Concepts

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

General

» Sites, facilities, and building systems shall be designed and constructed to:

» Provide safe and healthy environments for learning.

» Provide reliable and predictable, cost eective operation.

» Require minimal maintenance.

» Be durable.

» Be energy ecient, capitalizing available resources to maximize energy

performance and sustainability.

» Use safe materials that are free of asbestos and lead as well as stabilized for

ber and gas vapor discharge. Use paints that are low volatile, washable, easily

matched, and durable.

» Reect APS commitment to excellent stewardship of taxpayer dollars.

» Be responsive to their immediate context and the community they serve.

» Accessibility

» School facilities shall be designed for universal access.

» All accessible elements must be age appropriate.

Building Components

» Structural System

» Provide reasonable exibility and be adaptable to meet changing educational

program needs.

» Foundations

» Provide positive drainage away from foundations.

» Where utility trenches are adjacent to building foundations, provide drains and

sump pumps as needed.

» Consult the project geotechnical study/report.

» Floors (Slabs / Balconies / Porches)

» Provide adequate strength to support structural loads imposed.

» Provide a vapor barrier under concrete slabs.

» Floor surfaces shall drain, be appropriate for any covering material, and be

weather resistant.

» Consider strategies to prevent excessive cracking, achieve levelness and other

concrete issues.

» Walls

» Walls shall be weather-tight, with junctures sealed.

» Joint patterns shall facilitate grati treatment by allowing M&O to treat a panel

or subdivision of the wall without treating the entire wall.

» Avoid wall systems that are easily damaged or penetrated, especially in areas

that have high trac, ball impact, or are prone to vandalism.

» Avoid exterior metal panels that are below 8’-0” above adjacent grade.

» Artwork or murals on walls or attached to the building must be able to be

removed.

Design and Construction

Section 03

School Design and

Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

» Exterior Openings, Windows, and Translucent Panels

» Design exterior glazing (including windows and storefront systems) in

accordance with

APS Glazing and Window Standards, Door Hardware Standards, and

APS Aluminum Storefront Specication on the FD+C website.

» Incorporate appropriate daylighting strategies to minimize electricity

consumption, control glare and heat gain .

» Glazed and translucent panels shall:

» Meet size limitations dened in APS Glazing and Window Standards.

» Meet Energy Conservation Code and other applicable code requirements.

» Be clear. No tinting or lms allowed unless authorized by APS sta architect.

» Have regular/rectangular geometry. Minimize shape cut glass. I.e. glass not

square or rectilinear in shape.

» Be recessed to receive window treatment.

» Have a sill height of 30” above grade minimum at all exterior locations.

» Interior sills may be at oor level, provided that the glazing location does

not impede maintenance/cleaning equipment, and does not require

privacy screening (i.e. glazing will not be adjacent to chairs, conference

tables, desks, etc).

» Be accessible for ease of cleaning and removal at all locations. Ground level

glazing shall be removable from the exterior. Upper oor level glazing shall

be removable from interior oors. Multi-story glazing in open areas shall be

removable from the exterior side.

» Consider and prevent hazards at operable window locations.

» Provide bird and pest deterrent to protect air quality.

» Do not project into walking pathways.

» All windows, including interior windows at classrooms, below 6’ AFF are required

to be covered (blinds or shades) for security.

» Window coverings, including both manual and electrically operated, shall

be provided and installed by the general contractor.

» Approved manufacturers: Roller shades: Draper and MechoShade (have

been the only ones to pass the specication qualications), 3% openness

with a color of oyster-grey (re resistant fabric).

» Black out shades only in special circumstances, where approved by the APS

sta architect

» Electronically operated shades are required for all high windows in teaching

spaces, including libraries.

» Operable window hardware and screen application shall not interfere with the

ability to install window treatments/coverings.

» Design kitchen windows to provide natural light while minimizing potential for

break-ins. Solar tubes are a possible solution.

» Roofs

» Design roofs in accordance with APS Roong Standards documents on the FD+C

website. Click links below:

Roong Design Guidelines & Specications (PDF)

Roof Drain No Hub Coupling (PDF)

» Interior Walls and Partitions

» Provide smooth surface walls (i.e. Gypsum board nish level 4 in public spaces

and level 3 in back of house). Back of house areas include storage rooms, janitor

closets, mechanical, electrical, and IT rooms.

» Provide level 2 nish where walls extend above ceilings.

» Do not specify level 5 nish.

» Use semi-gloss paint on all interior walls, including support spaces (i.e. custodial,

electrical, mechanical, and IT rooms).

» If providing writable wall surfaces, (Dry-Erase paint or similar), then install the

writable surface full-height or up to 7’-0” AFF, minimum. For Elementary, the

writable surface is to extend to oor or top of wall base, and to be dierentiated

by color variation.

» Provide 2” stainless steel or heavy-duty clear plastic corner guards at all high

pedestrian trac areas.

» Provide impact resistant surface in lower 48” (minimum) of hallways. Acceptable

materials include concrete masonry units, tiles, berglass reinforced gypsum

wallboard, or 2 layers of 5/8” gypsum wallboard.

» Multiple xture student restrooms: Tile to extend to top of partitions or ceiling.

» Sta restrooms/ single occupant restrooms: Tile up to 4’-0” min.

» Provide metal toilet partitions in most restrooms, except where high impact and

vandalism is anticipated. In such restrooms, provide CMU toilet partitions.

» Avoid high, at surfaces or ledges which are dicult to access and maintain.

Consider an angled ledge.

» Comply with re code requirements for allowable area of tack boards at walls.

» Wall-mounted (and items attached to walls), including restroom partitions, grab

bars, pencil sharpeners, counter top supports, door bumpers, and shelf supports

need to have solid backing. No strap backing at these locations.

» Additional guidelines for modular wall systems.

» Doors

» Doors shall be of sucient width and threshold clearance to be accessible to

persons with disabilities. Apply universal design.

» Provide wider door widths, or removable mullions, at doors into hallways,

kitchen, cafeteria, gymnasiums, mechanical rooms, and other spaces that may

need to accommodate movement of large equipment.

» Where doors include windows/lites that require window covering, the opening

must be above the door hardware/opening mechanism. An alternative could be

to provide a solid door with adjacent sidelite. This is typical at classroom doors

and private oces. Entry doors do not usually require window covering.

» Classroom doors shall be recessed and open outward. Classroom doors shall be

solid core wood, with adjacent sidelite.

» Provide view lites in public access doors including main oce and hallways.

» Locate view lites for use by students, including those in wheelchairs.

» Limit size of view lites to half-lite above hardware.

» Attach all doorstops and bumpers mechanically into robust blocking.

» Review ush bolt locations with M&O.

» Door hair pins need to be set at 120 degrees and in line with door.

» Door hair pins must be present at exterior doors and at all doors exiting the

gym, and not conict with accessibility.

» Roll up doors should not be encased in hard ceiling.

» Card reader and key access control to be located at elevators.

Design and Construction

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

» Additional requirements for exterior doors:

» All main exterior entry and exit doors shall be located in an air lock

(vestibule), open outward, and have panic hardware.

» Provide power assisted, automatic door opener, entry doors at the main

entry/exit and at the parent and bus drop-o locations.

» Coordinate card reader locations and access control device or camera

phone with the APS sta architect and APS security team.

» Refer to:

Door Hardware Standards

» Aluminum Storefront Specications

» Glazing and Window Standards

» Electrical Design Standards

» Interior Floors

» Surfaces shall be non-skid, attractive, durable, free from projections, and easy to

clean without the use of special equipment.

» Floors in restrooms, kitchens, cafeterias and hallways shall tolerate disinfecting

chemicals.

» All oor tiles shall be slip resistant.

» All carpet shall be carpet tiles and shall comply with the following specications

on the FD+C website:

» Interface Carpet Tile Specications

» Where patching is required, use self-leveling oor patch.

» Hard surface areas to be exposed concrete wherever feasible.

» Provide the following oor nishes in designated spaces (consult the APS sta

architect for exceptions):

Space Flooring type Notes

Classrooms (grades K – 5)

1/3 polished concrete, 2/3 carpet

tile

Classrooms (grades 6 -12) Polished concrete

Hallways and circulation areas Polished concrete

Entry vestibule Walk o carpet tile mat Do not use metal slatted mud mats

Administration, reception, and

oces

Carpet tile

Carpet tile may be used in other

quiet areas. Verify additional areas

with the APS sta architect

Student health and nurse’s oce

Sheet linoleum or polished

concrete

Commercial grade with welded

seams

Elementary gymnasiums / multi-

purpose rooms

Rubberized ooring With coordinated cove base

Middle and high school

gymnasiums and cheer rooms

Athletic wood ooring Main and auxiliary gymnasiums

Cafeteria Polished concrete

STEAM Labs Polished concrete

Kitchen

Polished and sealed concrete,

or homogeneoussheet

vinyl with welded seams (for

example: Polyor)

Kitchen oors must be sealed, have

texture to improve slip resistance,

and be easily cleaned including

the serving line area. Install kitchen

cove base continuous from bottom

up. No white color ooring.

Library / media centers Carpet tile

OT/PT classrooms Resilient ooring

Resilient ooring may also be

preferred in some special education

spaces; coordinate with the APS

sta architect.

Science classrooms Polished concrete

Music classrooms, band, orchestra,

and chorus

Carpet tile

Art classrooms Polished concrete

Drama classrooms Polished concrete

Family and consumer science

classrooms

Polished concrete

Teachers’ lounge Polished concrete

Teachers’ workroom/bullpen Carpet tile or polished concrete

Restrooms Ceramic tiles

Provide ceramic tile wainscot with

cove base

Mechanical, electrical, IT/data, and

custodial rooms

Sealed concrete Includes IDF and MDF

» Ceilings

» Ceilings shall not be lower than 8’-0”. Some functions may require higher ceilings.

Discuss ceiling heights with the APS sta architect.

» Texture and reectivity shall support illumination appropriate for the intended

space use. For gypsum ceilings, provide level 4 nish in public spaces.

» For all wet areas use only moisture-rated board ceilings. In student restrooms,

use moisture-rated gypsum board ceilings.

» For kitchens, ceiling has to be washable (not just wipeable). Use mylar or other

cleanable surface lay-in ceiling panels approved for kitchen use.

» Preferred acoustical ceiling tiles include Armstrong Fine Fissured School

Zone, High NRC/High CAC product 1734 or the USG Equivalent which is Radar

ClimaPlus High NRC/High CAC, or equivalent Rockfon product.

» If required by code, use re-rated ceiling tile #1810/1811 ne ssured ‘reguard’

high NRC/High CAC.

» Casework

» Counter-tops and work counters to be solid surface if possible. Post form is

acceptable. See APS’s

Custom Plastic Laminate Casework Standard.

» Acoustical Requirements and Sound Transmission

» Comply with current LEED Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ) prerequisite and

credit for acoustical performance.

Design and Construction

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

» Design walls, oors, and ceilings to absorb or retard transmission of unwanted

sound from outside the space, speech transmission between learning spaces and

oces, and high noise producing spaces due to occupancy or tasks performed.

» Locate and treat electrical boxes, receptacles, and other recessed wall devices to

avoid sound transmission through the wall.

» Noisy spaces may require sound absorbing treatment in addition to sound wall

construction, especially for gym/multipurpose, music, and cafeteria areas. Refer

to/comply with LEED minimum requirements even if not a LEED project.

» Gyms, multipurpose rooms, and cafeterias must support sound systems

associated with audio/visual (AV) equipment and infrastructure, as well as

provide reasonable acoustics for performance/stage areas.

» Provide acoustical separation between the kitchen and cafeteria. Avoid use of

grate style doors due to sound transmission.

» Minimize exterior sound transmission to neighbors.

Signage

» Interior Signage

» Identify all occupied spaces with room signage.

» Verify with the APS sta architect if the project will have signage in multiple

languages (most applicable at dual language schools/programs).

» Comply with ADA sign regulations.

» Coordinate signage schedule with site (school) administration.

» Coordinate room numbers with the APS sta architect, who will consult with APS

CMP. (Note: If feasible, this coordination occurs during the design phase and the

room numbers are incorporated into the construction documents. Otherwise,

include nal room numbers in the Record Drawings.)

» Provide occupancy load signage in assembly areas (for example: gyms, multi-

purpose rooms, libraries, media centers, cafeterias, PACs, etc.).

» Exterior Signage

» Signage shall be vandal resistant, easily visible from a distance, and compliant

with ADA requirements.

» Each school site shall include the name of school and street number visible from

the street. Mount building mounted signs high enough to deter grati and

vandalism.

» Coordinate signage requirements with the Fire Marshal and their written

requirements.

» Signage for trac directions, safety, trac control, ADA, and parking shall be

provided and installed by general contractor.

» Signage that prohibits smoking and skateboarding shall be provided and

installed by the general contractor.

» Signage that states “APS Property Extends Beyond This Point” as applicable.

Coordinate signage with APS Real estate.

» Monument Signs

» Provide a monument sign at new schools.

» The monument sign is a free-standing, durable sign that has the name and

address of the school along with a non-electric, non-illuminated, and optional

protected message board. The monument sign should be less than 8’-0” high

and located on the site to be visible from cars passing on the main road in front

of the school without creating a visual barrier for trac.

» Marquee Signs

» Marquee signs and the required infrastructure are not installed under FD+C

contracts. Installation and maintenance must be provided by the school.

Common Educational Areas and Support Spaces

» Plan for Flexibility

» Facilities shall support the district’s current educational programs and curricula. Build

into facilities ability to adjust to future changes in:

» Educational, instructional, and functional/programmatic needs, including

community use

» Student enrollment (expansion and contraction)

» Technology

» Create environment that promotes educational programming and enhance

students’ and teachers’ academic experiences.

» Communication and Information Technology (IT)

» The general contractor provides data and special systems rough-ins. APS

provides data and special systems cabling, terminations, and equipment, unless

noted otherwise.

» Provide one MDF per school. The MDF room must be located on the ground oor

and be sized at 12’ x 14’. The MDF room needs separate HVAC. Locate MDF and

electrical rooms in a central location. Coordinate distances required for cabling

and voltage drops with APS FD+C and APS Technology. See electrical standards.

» Locate IDF rooms such that areas served are within 150 to 200 feet max. The IDF

room must be stacked above the MDF room, and stacked above other IDF rooms

where applies. IDF rooms to be sized 10’ x 12’ and may require separate HVAC,

verify with APS Technology. No sinks in IT rooms.

» Learning and oce spaces shall accommodate communication and information

technology.

» Provide one 2-port face plate on each wall in classrooms. (8 data drops total

in 4 locations.)

» Pair corresponding number of electrical outlets with data drops.

» Power poles and columns are not allowed.

» Coordinate data and special systems locations with APS Technology and on-call

contractors (Coordination occurs through the APS sta architect/construction

manager). Provide infrastructure for a mobile interactive at screen in each

classroom, instructional space, and conference room. Instructional spaces

include music, art, gym/multi-purpose, Family and Consumer Science (FACS), etc.

» Printers

» No printers in classrooms.

» Provide power and data for printer in Individual Educational Plan (IEP)

conference rooms.

» STEAM labs (Utilization data from CMP determines the number of labs.)

» District uses 1:1 student devices and traditional labs are evolving into

Design and Construction

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

exible technology labs and STEAM labs.

» Coordinate wireless access point (WAP) location with APS technology.

» Include communication and technology infrastructure and equipment in

construction documents. Clearly identify in the construction documents who is

responsible for providing infrastructure versus cabling versus equipment (i.e. GC

vs owner’s on-call special systems contractor).

» Telephones are VOIP (voice over IP) and require a data outlet.

» Large projection screens for assembly:

» In one location only per school, provide a drop down large screen and

projector, sound system and podium.

» Typically, the large projection screen and related devices are located in the

Cafeteria, Commons, Gym, or Multi-purpose building. (One location per

school only; not all.)

» Provide power and data to support technology.

» Consider location for storing and issuing technology devices. (I.e. in library, book

room, tech storage room, etc.). A high school may need up to 150 extra devices

available.

» Schools need more charging locations for technology devices throughout the

school than they have needed in the past due to 1:1 student devices.

» Zoning and Supervision of Common-Use Areas

» Strategically locate common use areas near the front entrance to the school.

Provide the ability to secure common use areas separately from the remainder

of the facility. Access to common use areas shall be controlled from the front

entrance. Large gathering areas shall be designed for eective supervision.

Common use areas include:

» Media Center

» Cafeteria / Kitchen

» Gymnasium

» Performing Arts Center (PAC)

» Restrooms

» Facility Entrances and Exits

» All visitors must pass through a reception area that is secured from the rest of the

school (Single Point Entry/ Secure vestibule).

» The main facility entrance shall be visible from the main oce.

» Entrances and exits shall permit ecient student circulation.

» Corridors and Lobbies

» Provide display cases with safety glass for student work and awards near the

main oce/entrance, art and music classrooms, and main gymnasium. At high

schools, also provide display cases with safety glass near/for each academy.

» If display cases have integral lighting, verify that bulbs can be easily

changed.

» Consider corridors or hallways within a school as an opportunity for

student interaction, enhanced way-nding, and place making.

» Student Lockers

» Can be provided at the request of the school.

» Distribute lockers evenly for student access. In high schools, distribute lockers

among the Academies and Small Learning Communities.

» Locate lockers in corridors or dedicated alcoves. Successful approaches include:

» Two-tier lockers in corridors if against the wall.

» Two-tier lockers along walls with lower one-tier lockers in the middle to

allow supervision.

» Basis of Design: Lockers shall be constructed of one-piece (Unibody) side frame

and locker front. All welded body with no rivets, screws or bolts. Powder coated

2-tiered, 16 gauge doors with louvers, 16 gauge body steel units with high

security latch with no moving parts to receive pad lock, one double hook on

ceiling and 3 single hooks on walls.

» Aluminum number plate. Two-tier lockers will be 15”W, 60”H, 15”D. Built-in with

furr-out above lockers to ceiling or angled top and built-in solid base or coved

sealed base on metal legs.

» Kitchen

» Some schools are served from the APS central kitchen, yet most schools have

on-site food preparation. The contract A/E will meet with Food and Nutrition

Services for current operating needs prior to design.

» (See Appendix D for Guide to Space Planning of a School Food Service Facility

based on the number of meals served).

» The serving line shall be free of any hazards to students (e.g. hot surfaces).

» The kitchen shall include the following areas.

» Food preparation area with vegetable sink.

» Dish/pot washing area (requires a 3 compartment sink) and grease trap

located on the exterior.

» At the HS level, include (1) 4-compartment sink with a garbage

disposal.

» Sink basin dimensions shall be sucient for full sheet baking pans.

» Cook/prep/serve area with hand sink, soap dispenser - surface mounted

with screws (receives APS supplied pouch soap rells – verify specied

model with FD+C), and paper towel dispenser - surface mounted, stainless

steel, lever operation (receives roll towels).

» Cold and hot storage equipment.

» Include a walk-in freezer/refrigerator with wire rack shelving. Conceal

drain lines, or locate out of trac areas. In new construction, recess

the walk-in units for ush door access. Ramp access as necessary is

acceptable in existing facilities only.

» Include 2 to 4 transporters for hot food.

» Provide reach-through units for hot food with universal shelving.

» Provide pass-through units for cold food with rolling wire rack

shelving units.

» Dry storage.

» Provide door widths to allow for roll- through carts.

» Must be able to maintain temperature range between 50 – 70

degrees.

» Restroom for the sta with separate area for sta lockers and electric

washer / dryer units.

» Kitchen bathroom must have a door and door closer.

Design and Construction

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

» Locate sta lockers outside kitchen restroom, not inside the

restroom.

» Oce with telephone, fax, and data. Provide a window to view into the

kitchen.

» Custodial area in the kitchen with mop sink. Provide rack for the contracted

chemical system.

» Serving line - Requires power and data at both ends. Coordinate with APS

sta architect/ food and nutrition.

» Floors, walls, ceilings, doors

» Surfaces must be able to be disinfected.

» Provide stainless steel behind cooking and washing areas (oor to ceiling

or to height of equipment). Use berglass reinforced panels (FRP) on

remainder of walls up to 8 feet throughout the kitchen.

» 18” minimum back-splash around stoves, sinks, and dirty tray drop-o.

» For kitchens, ceiling has to be washable (not just wipeable). Use mylar or

other cleanable surface lay-in ceiling panels approved for kitchen use.

» Lay-in tiles are acceptable.

» Provide accent wall(s). Avoid an institutional look.

» Tray drop o area needs a washable surface wall on customer side.

» Plumbing:

» Provide cold water supply to all refrigerator locations.

» Provide dedicated water break for backow prevention.

» Provide back ow prevention on mop sinks.

» Hand wash sinks required and the number of sinks depends on the size of the

kitchen. Typically provide:

» One near the serving line.

» One in the food prep area. Cook/ prep/ serving area may need multiple

hand sinks.

» One in restroom inside and one outside the restroom (might be same as

the food prep sink).

» One in snack bar area.

» Tilt skillet needs water and a drain. Make sure drain is located under where skillet

tips the uid.

» Regarding hot water, the kitchen must meet a minimum time required for

getting hot water.

» Provide solar preheating of hot water for kitchen use.

» In elementary schools, provide a location to dump milk to be discarded, near the

tray drop o area.

» Locate grease traps outside, for ease of maintenance, and away from the door

due to smells.

» FF&E:

» Equipment lists are in Appendix E: Kitchen size will impact requirements.

» Provide roll paper towels dispensers with paddle operation.

» Food services will provide their own soap dispensers.

» Snack bars: if run by Distributive Education Clubs of America (DECA) provide a

soap dispenser.

» Provide 44-gallon trash cans. Kitchen requires multiple trash cans.

» Restroom needs small trash can with no touch lid.

» Provide racks and hanging clips for mops and cleaning tools. Avoid conict with

mop sink faucet/handles.

» Provide space in custodial area for a rack for the contracted chemical system

(current contractor system is an “eco-lab system.” Dish soap/ hand soap /

chemical rack there.)

» Provide serving line. Height of serving depends on school level.

» Provide space for oce furniture: a desk, chair and 4 drawer ling cabinet.

» All storage shelving needs to be anti-microbial. GC will provide xed, non-rolling

shelves in dry storage, refrigerator and freezer.

» Provide small sta lockers. Sta will bring their own locks.

» Provide (1) box locker per kitchen sta.

» Each locker shall be 12” x 12” x 12”.

» Locate the sta lockers outside of the kitchen restroom.

» Provide an area with lockers and stackable electric washer/dryer units.

» Milk cooler needs to be a forced air cooler.

» Buer sounds from milk coolers. Locate in an alcove. Consider heat from

equipment.

» After school programs need access to milk cooler(s) and reach-in refrigerator(s).

The after-school coolers and refrigerators need to be located such that they can

be secured and do not require access through the kitchen.

» Consider sta access to roll up gates at dish area for operations. Avoid gates that

are out of reach and dicult to secure.

» Provide a kitchen receiving area:

» Provide sucient access for delivery vehicles into a receiving area through

a 3’ - 8” door (minimum clear area) x 7’-0” high screen door and y fan entry.

Cover screen on door with expanded metal covers on both sides to protect

screening.

» Provide doorbell and peephole at rear entry.

» Provide door hardware to hold the door open for delivery.

» Provide a dumpster area for trash pick-up: Coordinate with M&O Grounds.

» Provide sucient access for pick-up by garbage trucks.

» Shield exterior trash area from major sightlines. Locate dumpsters close to

kitchen door, but not too close (rodents).

» Kitchen technology requirements:

» The kitchen frequently requires a Holocom box. Verify this requirement

with APS IT based on proximity of technology infrastructure.

» Data is required for the kitchen oce. Provide three data drops with power

located at three walls of the oce.

» Provide technology to track the freezer temperatures.

» Provide data and power at the front and end of the line (two data drops) for

cashiers at serving lines and at the snack bar.

» Provide power and data for future menu board at the serving line.

» Custodial Areas

» Provide a minimum of one custodial closet per oor, per building.

» Provide a dedicated custodial area for the kitchen.

» In the kitchen, the custodial area does not require a door. It does need to be

out of view from the serving line.

Design and Construction

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

» Coordinate chemical dispenser requirements with APS sta architect and M&O.

» Custodial areas/closets shall include:

» Floor mounted mop sink with hot and cold water, chemical dispenser, and

back-splash.

» Mop holder with shelf.

» Provide space for shelving for custodial supplies storage.

» Space for a custodial cart.

» Custodial oces require power and data.

Restroom and Drinking Fountains

» General

» Provide one unisex “family style” restroom adjacent to each ‘A occupancy’ space

(gym, cafeteria, or as required by the building code); and provide one unisex

restroom that is visible by line-of-sight from the Administration area.

» Provide a urinal in each unisex restroom.

» Provide the maximum number of boys’ urinals that is allowed by code in lieu of

water closets. Provide full height walls or stalls for urinals rather than screens.

» Provide plumbing chase access for all multi-xture restrooms.

» Lavatory sinks shall be single occupant use, wall-mounted on heavy-duty carriers

per manufacturer’s instructions. No multi-occupant wash basins. No battery

operated faucets or sensors. No soap dispensers that are integral to the sink unit.

» Restrooms shall be accessed from interior space; no direct access from the

exterior.

» Provide restrooms for students, sta, and visitors convenient to the areas served.

» Install changing tables only when new construction of a restroom. Provide

changing tables in the restrooms that are adjacent to public spaces, cafeteria,

library, gymnasiums. Provide signage to identify restrooms with baby changing

stations. Coordinate the changing table locations with APS sta architect and

APS ADA construction manager.

» Drinking Fountains

» Filtered, non-refrigerated.

» Locate drinking fountains at central and convenient locations on each oor or

wing of the school, in vestibules near playelds, and in or near portables and

parks. Distribution of accessible drinking fountains shall be the same, except for

areas not readily accessible in existing schools.

» Provide drinking fountains in the cafeteria/dining area (USDA requirement).

» Provide bottle llers with half of all drinking fountains with a minimum of one

bottle ller per oor. Locate bottle llers in public areas. Filters and indicator

lights are required on bottle llers. Filters must be located within the xture

housing. Filters for bottle llers located within a wall cavity are not acceptable,

regardless of whether access panels are provided, they must be accessible for

maintenance.

» Provide carrier to support drinking fountains.

» Do not provide exterior drinking fountains.

» Sink and Restroom Accessories

» All restroom accessories shall be GC provided and installed.

» Coordinate the type of toilet and sink accessories to be provided by the GC with

the APS Warehouse and the school.

» All sinks shall be provided with:

» Soap dispenser - surface mounted with tamper-proof screws (receives APS

supplied pouch soap rells – verify specied model with FD+C).

» Electric hand dryers shall be provided in student restrooms, and may be

provided in adult restrooms. Electric hand dryers shall be surface mounted

with electrical connection behind the dryer, and through bolted securely to

wall surface. Verify manufacturer and model with FD+C.

» Paper towel dispensers shall not be provided in student restrooms.

» Paper towel dispensers shall be provided at all sinks that are not served by

electric hand dryers, including in adult restrooms. Paper towel dispensers

shall be surface mounted, polycarbonate, paddle operation (receives roll

towels). Must be ADA compliant.

» All toilet stalls shall be provided with:

» Toilet paper dispenser – vandal resistant (Conrm that specication with

existing school supplies for large jumbo or standard roll based on school

preference).

» Provide ADA compliant grab bars and accessories in accordance with reach

ranges for applicable age groups.

» Feminine trash receptacle located in each stall of elementary, middle, and

high school girls’/women’s sta restroom.

» All restrooms to be provided with:

» Trash receptacle - freestanding 18-gallon capacity stainless steel (provided

and placed by the General Contractor). No surface mounted or built-in

trash receptacles allowed.

» Provide recessed feminine hygiene dispensers with free operation for both

pads and tampons in:

» All female student restrooms except kindergarten restrooms.

» All female and unisex sta restrooms.

» All family restrooms.

» All restrooms in the nurse’s suite.

» One male student restroom per school (verify location with APS sta

architect).

» Student Restrooms

» Locate boys’ and girls’ restrooms adjacent to each other.

» Provide lavatories and mirrors directly accessible from the hallway, and separate

from the water closets. Lavatories shall be physically separated from the toilet

facilities to allow ecient supervision/sightlines.

» Provide “airport style” entrances (no doors or gates) at all student multi-xture

restrooms. The design must provide visual blocking of stalls and urinals while

maintaining open access.

» Airport design shall include separate entrances for boys and girls.

» Kindergarten Restrooms:

» Kindergarten restrooms shall be located inside kindergarten classrooms.

» Kindergarten xtures shall accommodate Kindergarten students (not pre-

kindergarten).

» Refer to Children’s Accessible Elements Table for mounting heights and reach

ranges.

Design and Construction

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

» Sta Restrooms

» In addition to men’s and women’s sta restrooms, provide unisex sta restrooms

to meet code/xture count requirements and to provide exibility.

Classrooms

» Classrooms and rooms for student learning shall have:

» Natural light

» Power and data

» Built-in casework. General classrooms typically include at least one full-

height wardrobe unit (36” W) and 12 LF of base and upper cabinets with

countertop.

» Whiteboards and tackboards

» Wall-mounted manual pencil sharpeners installed on blocking

Special Education Program Overview

» The following discusses Special Education Programs throughout the District and

corresponding facility needs.

» The special education department categories all special education programs into

three categories:

» Cross-categorical (serves students in levels A through D)

» Gifted

» District programs (all students are D level: Programs serving students with

severe or multiple handicaps and primarily in need of rehabilitation and

treatment, while requiring a sta person for small groups of students within

the class), including preschool programs.

» Cross-Categorical and Gifted Program Facility Needs

» All Cross-categorical and Gifted classrooms follow regular classroom design

standards.

» Appendix B contains detailed design standards for the Cross Categorical, Gifted,

and District programs. Consult with Capital Master Plan at the time of Design

Program of Space to determine the types and quantity of spaces needed. Not all

SPED programs are delivered at every school.

» District Level Special Education Programs

» District Level Special Education Program Categories are designed for a maximum

of eight (8) students and special design amenities such as restrooms, changing

tables, lighting, and early childhood facilities may be required depending on the

program type. The following is a list of Special Education District Programs.

» Preschool (Community Based, Intensive Global Support, and Social &

Communication Support Services)

» Social Emotional Support Services Level 1 (SES 1) formerly Emotionally

Disturbed (ED)

» Social Emotional Support Services Level 2 (SES 2) formerly PACES

» Intensive Global Support Services Level 1 (IGS 1) formerly Functional Skills

(FS)

» Intensive Global Support Services Level 2 (IGS 2) formerly Intensive Support

Program (ISP)

» Primary Global Support Services Level 2 (IGS 2) formerly D k/1

» Social and Communication Support Services Level 1 (SCS1) formerly AU-

Social Communication

» Social and Communication Support Services Level 2 (SCS2) formerly AU-

Independent

» Social and Communication Support Services Level 3 (SCS3) formerly AU-

Emerging

» Appendix B contains descriptions and detailed design standards for all District

Level programs. Consult with Capital Master Plan at the time of Design Program

of Space to determine the types and quantity of spaces needed. Not all SPED

programs are delivered at every school.

» Provision of District Special Education Programs varies at schools throughout the

District and is provided in a manner giving all students equal access. To address

the corresponding facility needs that reect the scale and presence of District

Level programs, schools are categorized as Hubs and Non-Hubs. The following is

a denition of Hubs and Non-Hubs.

» District Program Hubs:

» These Schools have four (4) or more District Type Special Education Programs.

The Ancillary Support Suite is designed to support the larger presence of

ancillary sta to serve special education students. Site master planning

will reect the presence of Special Education District Program buses. All

comprehensive high schools function as Special Education Hubs.

» Non-Hubs:

» These schools have less than four (4) District Special Education programs.

Ancillary support spaces are provided and are commensurate to the quantity

and frequency of ancillary support sta on campus providing service to special

education students.

» SPED Ancillary Support Suite

» The Ancillary Support Suite aims to address the quantity of Special Education

ancillary sta supporting students at schools throughout the District. Many

ancillary sta are on a school campus on a part time basis. The design standards

reect the functional use calling for exibility of space usage and sharing spaces.

» The Suite accommodates a space for a sta workstation area and private student

meeting area that is used exibly by various ancillary sta throughout the day.

The Suite should be located adjacent to District SPED spaces, as well as adjacent

to the Transition Specialist Oce at High School. The SPED Ancillary Support

Suite will accommodate the following sta:

» Social Workers (SW)

» Speech Language Pathologist (SLP)

» Occupational Therapist (OT)

» Physical Therapist (PT)

» Adapted Physical Education (APE)

» Standard Ancillary Support Suite Components (ES and MS) – 840 SF Total

» (OT/PT) Instructional/Therapy Space (500 SF):

» This space includes an area for a table to provide 1:1 student instruction. This

Design and Construction

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

room includes a therapy swing that is located at the center of the open space

relative to the edge of the student instructional area. Install two hooks at 5 ½

ft. apart (see example of La Cueva High School). A whiteboard is required for

instruction. Provide space for non-built-in cubbies with counter and a wardrobe

for storage. Provide space and power/data for an active panel. Resilient ooring

in the OT/PT and IGS classrooms is preferred over carpet. Through scheduling,

this space is designed to be used uidly by all ancillary sta, giving priority to OT/

PT therapy instruction and service needs.

» OT/PT Storage (90 SF):

» A storage area is provided with direct access to the OT/PT instructional therapy

space. Double doors are provided, similar to doors found in a gym, providing

access for wide equipment. The storage room also features vertical storage

shelves. See diagram for optimal spatial layout.

» Oce Workstation Hub (120 SF):

» An oce area to accommodate space for two workstations and cabinet to

store personal belongings. More than two people, reecting that ancillary sta

positions are often part-time, may use the two workstations. Various ancillary

sta assigned to the school will use the two workstations uidly. VOIP is provided

as per oce standards. The oce workstation has access to a one-on-one private

Student Meeting Area as noted below.

» Private Student Meeting Area (130 SF):

» A private area with access to the oce workstations will allow ancillary sta to

meet privately with students for delivery of instruction or service. This area will

accommodate a small table and chairs for 2 to 4 people.

Standard Ancillary Support Suite, Elementary and Middle School

Student Population # 650

Instructional/Therapy Space with Swing (OT/PT and APE) 500

Therapy space Storage (OT/PT and APE) 90

Oce Workstation Hub (60 sf each, 2 workstations)1 120

Private Student Meeting Area2 130

Total 840

1. (Social Workers, Speech Language Pathologist, Occupational Therapists, Physical Therapists,

Adaptive PE teacher). For every 2.0 FTE, 1 workstation area (2:1 ratio) is to be utilized uidly by

various ancillary sta assigned to a school. The number of workstation areas is contingent on

FTE allocation and shall be determined at the time of design program of space.

2. One Private Student Meeting Area for every 2.0 FTE. To be used uidly by ancillary sta.

The number of Private Student Meeting Areas is contingent on FTE allocation and shall be

determined at the time of design program of space.

» The above SPED Ancillary Suite is standard for all Elementary and Middle schools

with the following exceptions:

» District SPED Hubs at both ES and MS require a larger Instructional Therapy

Space reecting the larger number of students served (1,180 SF):

Hub Ancillary Support Suite, Elementary and Middle School

Space Size (sq. ft.)

Instructional/Therapy Space with Swing (OT/PT and APE)[5.5’ Min distance

apart]

840

Therapy space Storage (OT/PT and APE) 90

Oce Workstation Hub (60 sf each, 2 workstations)1 120

Private Student Meeting Area2 130

Total 1,180

1. (Social Workers, Speech Language Pathologist, Occupational Therapists, Physical Therapists,

Adapted PE teacher). For every 2.0 FTE, 1 workstation area (2:1 ratio) is to be utilized uidly by various

ancillary sta assigned to a school. The number of workstation areas is contingent on FTE allocation

and shall be determined at the time of design program of space.

2. One Private Student Meeting Area for every 2.0 FTE. To be used uidly by ancillary sta. The number

of Private Student Meeting Areas is contingent on FTE allocation and shall be determined at the time

of design program of space.

Criteria for placement of Therapy Swing:

1. Consideration to structural requirements,

2. Interface with adjacent building systems and elements (mechanical, lighting, furniture, etc.)

Small K-8 SPED Hub Suite

Number of spaces Space Notes Size (sq. ft.)

1 OP/PT Oce , supervised wellness room 840

1 OT/PT Storage Supervised by redirector 90

Student

meeting Area/

Break-out

Spaces (IEP)

240

1 SPED Oce Hub

Includes up to 3 oce work stations (SLP,

Head SPED, etc)

260

Total 1,430

» High schools will require a larger Oce Workstation Hub for up to 4 workstations. In

addition, high schools will require two private student-meeting rooms. A typical high

school will require the following spaces (1,430 SF):

Design and Construction

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

School Design Guidelines 2023

School Design and Construction Integrity

High School Ancillary Suite Support Spaces

Space Size (sq. ft.)

Instructional/Therapy Space with Swing (OT/PT) 840

Therapy space Storage (OT/PT) 90

Oce Workstation Hub (60 sf each, 4 stations)1 240

Private Student Meeting Area A 2 260

Total 1,430

1.To be used uidly by Social Workers, Speech Language Pathologist, Occupational Therapists,

Physical Therapists, Adapted PE teacher. For every 2.0 FTE, 1 workstation area (2:1 ratio) is to be

utilized uidly by various ancillary sta assigned to a school. The number of workstation areas is

contingent on FTE allocation and shall be determined at the time of design program of space.

2.One Private Student Meeting Area for every 2.0 FTE. To be used uidly by ancillary sta. The number

of Private Student Meeting Areas is contingent on FTE allocation and shall be determined at the time

of design program of space.

Community Education / After Hour Use

» The school facility shall accommodate the use of some portions of the school

after regular school hours without impacting security of other portions of the

school.

» Joint-use space shall be safe, secure, and include separately keyed (and in some

circumstances card accessed) activity spaces (gym, cafeteria, and classrooms),

accessible restrooms, and storage areas.

» Community use of school facilities shall not conict/interfere with school

programs.

Design and Construction

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

Needs Analysis for Standards-Based Elementary School

» A utilization will be provided to the A/E by APS FD+C and Capital Master Plan (CMP)

prior to the design of each Project. The CMP utilization will dene the specic spaces

required for each project. The APS Standards will dene the square footage and character

requirements for each of the specied spaces.

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

General Classrooms

Pre-kindergarten

w/ snack area,

restroom, and

storage

2 1,200 2,400

Anticipated -

discuss preK

requirements

Kindergarten

w/ snack area,

restroom, and

storage

6 1,200 7,200

Teaching kitchen 1 640 640

Standard

classrooms, grades

1 - 5

25 840 21,000

Subtotal general

classrooms

31,240

Specialized Classrooms

STEAM / maker

space

2 1,200 2,400

Could be

analogue vs digital

or lower vs older

grades

Fine arts 1 900 900

Fine arts kiln room 1 150 150

Fine arts storage 1 150 150

Music 1 900 900

Music room

storage

1 50 50

Could be part of

the music room;

does not need

to be a separate

closet.

Subtotal

specialized

classrooms

4,550

Media Center

Entry / circulation

desk

1 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Stacks 1 2,090 2,090

Up to 50

occupants (2

classes)

Elementary School

Section 04

Programmed Spaces:

Elementary Schools

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Computer

research area

1 480 480

Space for 16

computers

Story time area 1 450 450

Up to 30

occupants

Librarian's oce 1 100 100

Locate adjacent to

workroom

Workroom 1 150 150

Locate adjacent to

circulation desk

Storage 1 200 200

Locate adjacent to

circulation desk

Subtotal media

center

3,470

Physical Education

Gymnasium 1 2,900 2,900

24" high minimum

ceiling/bottom of

structure required.

Equipment

storage

1 240 240

PE oce 1 180 180

After school oce 1 150 150

Restrooms 3 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Provide girls,

boys, and family

restrooms

Subtotal physical

education

3,470

Cafeteria/Kitchen

Seating area,

including serving

line

1 3,000 3,000

Accommodate

school population

within 3 lunch

periods per day,

maximum.

Serving line 1 incl. above incl. above

After school milk

cooler and milk

dump

1 incl. above incl. above

Platform 1 400 400

Cafeteria storage 1 200 200

Kitchen 1 1,700 1,700

Walk-in

refrigerator

1 incl. above incl. above

Walk-in freezer 1 incl. above incl. above

Dry storage 1 incl. above incl. above

Kitchen oce 1 incl. above incl. above

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Kitchen sta

restroom

1 incl. above incl. above

Kitchen sta

lockers

1 incl. above incl. above

Kitchen janitor

closet

1 incl. above incl. above

Subtotal cafeteria/

kitchen

5,300

Administration

Secure entry

vestibule

1 200 200

Waiting/reception 1 250 250

Accommodate up

to 12 people

Receptionist/clerk 1 150 150

Secretary 1 100 100

Principal 1 150 150

Assistant principal 1 120 120

Conference room 1 240 240

Accommodate up

to 14 people

File room 1 200 200

Admin work area 1 60 60

Teachers'

workroom

1 675 675

Teachers'

workroom storage

1 80 80

Mailboxes 1 40 40

Teachers' lounge 1 850 850

Family room

(parents' room)

1 400 400

Adult restrooms 2 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Subtotal

administration

3,515

School Nurse's Suite

Waiting area 1 80 80

Treatment room 1 250 250

Locate half of

required cots in

the treatment

room

Recovery/isolation

room

1 180 180

Locate half of

required cots in

the recovery/

isolation room

Restroom 1 80 80

Nurse's oce 1 130 130

Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Storage 1 45 45

Subtotal school

nurse's suite

765

Counseling Area

Waiting area 1 80 80

Counselor oce 1 150 150

Head SPED oce 1 150 150

Instruction coach

oce

1 150 150

Evaluation and

testing

1 100 100

Conference/IEP

room

1 240 240

Subtotal

counseling area

870

OT/PT Suite (non-hub)

See appendix for hub requirements

Instructional /

therapy space

1 500 500

Instructional /

therapy storage

1 90 90

Workstations in

shared oce (for

social workers,

speech/language

pathologists,

occupational

therapists, physical

therapists, and

adapted PE

teachers)

2 60 120

2 workstations,

60 NSF each.

Social workers,

speech/language

pathologists,

occupational

therapists,

physical

therapists, and

adapted PE

teachers share

the workstations.

Provide 1

workstation per

every 2.0 FTE.

Private student

meeting room

1 130 130

Subtotal OT/PT

suite

1,710

Programmed Facilities Support

Security oce 1 150 150

General storage 1 200 200

Could be multiple

spaces totaling

200 SF maximum

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Testing materials

storage

1 600 600

Technology

storage

1 120 120

MDF 1 168 168 12'x14'

IDF 2 120 240 10'x12'

Custodial oce/

storage

1 80 80

Custodial closet 1 40 40

Subtotal facilities

support

1,598

Elementary School Facility Space Summary

General

Classrooms

31,240

Specialized

Classrooms

4,550

Media Center 3,470

Physical Education 3,470

Cafeteria/Kitchen 5,300

Administration 3,515

School Nurse's

Suite

765

Counseling Area 870

OT/PT Suite (non-

hub)

1,710

Programmed

Facilities Support

1,598

Subtotal

elementary NSF

56,488

30% Tare (70%

Eciency)

24,209

Total Elementary

School GSF

80,697

Elementary School

Site Requirements

Quantity SF GSF

Students 650

Sta 90

Permanent

Buildings

1 80,697 80,697

Portable Buildings

(if required)

8 1,800 14,400

Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Sta and visitor

parking spaces

135 400 54,000

Special event

parking

0 N/A N/A

Bus parking 14 765 10,710 45' x 17' per space

Cars at student

drop-o/pick-up

35 400 14,000

Synthetic turf eld 1 2,400 2,400

PreK and

kindergarten

playground

1 13,225 13,225

Approximately

115 students

Playground grades

1 - 3

1 30,500 30,500

Approximately

305 students

Playground grades

4 - 5

1 23,000 23,000

Approximately

230 students

Outdoor learning

area

1 12,100 12,100 With shade

Basketball courts 1 4,200 4,200

Easements /

setbacks (typical)

1 30,000 30,000

Subtotal

elementary school

site

289,232

30% Tare (70%

Eciency)

123,957

Total Elementary

Site GSF

413,189 1 acre = 43,560 SF

Total Elementary

Site Acres

9.5 1 acre = 43,560 SF

Corridors And Lobby Areas

» Design for easy and intuitive school navigation.

» Provide tack strip in corridors. Locate tack strip outside each classroom.

» At the art / music classroom and the main oce area provide tall display cases

with safety glass for student work.

General Needs For All Elementary School Classroom Spaces

» Convenient to common resources (media center, cafeteria, PE facility).

» Utilize natural light to reduce daytime lighting costs, balance spectrum of

lighting available, and provide views.

» Acoustically balanced for hearing voice in the space and blocking noise from

outside the space.

» Accommodate technology needs for teacher and students to include: telephone,

computers, and electrical and data connections for an interactive teaching board

(Refer to Appendix F).

» Accommodate APS furniture and equipment list. Plan for furniture to allow for

good view lines for teaching boards from all desks and tables.

» Large, deep ADA stainless steel sink.

» Sucient built-in storage (174 cubic feet) organized to avoid clutter:

» Wardrobe/storage (95 cf, 6’-6” x 7’-4” x 2’-0”) to allow for globes and other

large items.

» Sink storage cabinets (25 cf base, 2’-6” x 5’ x 2’; 8.3 cf upper, 2’-6” x 2’-6 “ x

1’-4”; 20 cf corner cabinet).

» Paper storage (27.6 cf at storage, 3’ x 4’ x 2’-4”).

» Shelves (9 cf, 3’ x 3’ x 1’).

» Use of secure closet for some of this storage is allowed.

» Provide additional storage space for teachers.

» Standard white boards (2 - 8’x 4’) and tack boards (4 - 4’x 4’) with tack strip on

top, and ag pole holders (2). Consider tack strip around the rest of classroom.

» Manual pencil sharpener on wooden block with blocking in wall at child height

for each classroom, library, art/music room and other areas where students

will be working. The sharpeners are to be provided by and installed by general

contractor.

» Area for coats that does not clutter the classroom and avoids safety issues of

hooks in high trac areas. General contractor is to provide blocking, shelf, and

hooks. Provide cubbies for each child for kindergarten.

» Additional special needs for kindergarten

» Classroom square footages should include a restroom and storage. It should

have 2 sinks (1 adult height and 1 child height), a refrigerator (no ice maker) and

location for a microwave.

» Teaching Kitchen (kitchenette) to be shared by all kindergarten classes (large

enough for a class to observe the food preparation). It shall include a dishwasher,

range with oven and induction cooktop including signage “Use only cast iron

or magnetic stainless steel cooking vessels, refrigerator (no ice maker), space

for a microwave, teacher sink, commercial fume/re hood and a grease trap

if required. Provide point-of-use hot water heater for dishwasher to meet

Environmental Health regulations. The counter should be adult height to enable

the appliances but a section of the counter should be at child height and include

a child sink so that children can sit around and “work”. (Refer to Appendix E). All

appliances to be Energy Star, white, labeled and provided by general contractor.

» Comply with Children’s ADA Standards for this age group. Easy access to the

playground. No direct access from the classroom.

» A multi-use kindergarten play area designed for children ages 2 to 5 (with hose

bib water available and variety of play materials).

» Convenient restrooms designated and designed for kindergarten student use

must also be ADA accessible. Restroom doors shall provide rough-in for 4 hinge

locations to allow future installation of a 2-panel Dutch style door.

» Provide backing in wall for possible future changing table

» Locate near a convenient parent pick-up and drop-o space with parking.

» Built-in furnishings, cabinets, and accessories shall comply with height and reach

standards.

» Energy Star (white) 18 cubic foot frost free refrigerator (no ice maker) for each

Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

classroom and one for the shared kitchen.

NOTE: Consider group restrooms and kitchens in a secure area.

» Special Education Spaces

» Refer to Appendix B for Special Education Design Standards. Special education

requirements are the same as the regular classrooms except where noted.

The allocation for each elementary school will vary according to the specic

enrollment needs. Consult APS Capital Master Plan (CMP) to determine the

school’s specic space allocation requirements prior to commencing with the

Programming and Design of the Project.

» Fine Arts

» Accommodate at least 8 – 36” x 72” tables for art, space for movement

instruction, and space for risers, platforms, sets and scenery, and other music

performance equipment. Provide an area for art and coats.

» A large kiln is to be located in a dedicated room or space adjacent to the art

room. It must be properly vented and should include adjacent space for open

shelving and storage. In addition to the kiln vent, the room is required to have

a room exhaust fan operated by a thermostat to protect against overheating of

the room to avoid setting o re suppression alarms, etc. due to the kiln. General

Contractor provides kiln and all kiln components. A/E to conrm type and quality

of kilns with FD+C and APS Fine Arts Department. (Refer to Appendix G).

» Provide an outdoor teaching area adjacent to the art room, such as an outdoor

amphitheater.

» Provide a separate, adjacent storage room with locking doors; easily accessible

from within the art classroom; and include an open shelving system for storage.

» Shelves should be no more than 2’ deep.

» Provide two sinks, one for instructor and one for students. Provide a deep, clean-

up sink and a lower, ADA accessible sink. Put clay trap on all sinks. (This source of

water is essential for art classes.)

» Provide at least 8 linear feet of counter space around sink with at least 1

GFCI electrical outlet close to the sink.

» Provide spaces to display, including ample wall space to accommodate 2 large

bulletin boards for display of instructional visuals and nished art work.

» Provide 1 large 4’ x 8’ magnetized chalkboard positioned in the room so as to be

part of the instructional focus. A chalkboard is preferred over a “white board” for

art instruction.

» Consider north facing high windows for additional natural light.

» Technology includes instructional use of Interactive Boards, Tablets, and

Computers.

» Provide at least two power and data locations at every wall.

» Storage located within the instructional space should include cabinets and

horizontal drawers large enough to accommodate the largest papers used in art

class (tagboard: 24” x 36”).

» Although not a big consideration for the art room itself, provide space

throughout the school for the display of student art.

» Music

» Provide enough oor space to leave instruments set up,.

» Consider surface materials that eliminate distortions and undesirable

transmissions of sound.

» Design the music classroom using at least one non-parallel wall for sound

diusion. Acoustical treatment for windows, doors, walls, and oors should be

addressed to mitigate sound transmission to other areas, based on the proximity

of the music room to other instructional spaces in order to avoid sound

“bleeding.”

» Provide an outdoor teaching area adjacent to the music room, such as an

outdoor amphitheater. (Could be shared with art)

» Provide a separate, adjacent room with locking doors; easily accessible from

within the music classroom; and include an open shelving system for storage.

» Open adjustable shelving is optimal for storage of various musical

instruments including drums in the storage room.

» Shelves should be no more than 2’ deep.

» Provide two sinks, one for instructor and one for students. Provide a deep, clean-

up sink and a lower, ADA accessible sink. (This source of water is essential for

cleaning music equipment and instruments.)

» Provide at least 8 linear feet of counter space around sink with at least 1

electrical outlet close to the sink.

» Provide spaces to display, including ample wall space to accommodate 2 large

bulletin boards for display of instructional visuals.

» Consider north facing high windows for additional natural light.

» Technology includes instructional use of Interactive Boards, Tablets, and

Computers.

» Provide at least two power and data locations at every wall.

» Provide a sound system and built-in speaker system for music reproduction.

» Computer Learning Center (Lab)

**Only if specically programmed**

» Each lab shall have:

» 32 computer stations.

» Centrally located near the media center.

» Layout shall be reviewed by APS FD+C and IT Department.

» 1 printer.

» Option to bring in laptop cart with higher capacity electrical requirements.

» Provide adequate cooling and exhaust for computer rooms.

» STEAM / Maker Space

» Each lab shall have:

» Teacher oce/workroom with storage.

» Preferably centrally located near the media center.

» Flexible space for multiple movable furniture and work tables for various

research layouts.

» 2 sinks: 1 student and 1 teacher.

» Plenty of backing in the wall for future mounting of shelves, peg boards,

and equipment.

» Whiteboards and blackboards.

» Dimmable lighting.

Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

» Adjacent to outdoor secured patio, with hose bib.

» Data drops / outlets to include options for:

» Printer.

» Retractable power outlets from ceiling, minimum of 4 ceiling cord

reels with 2 outlets each.

» Laptop cart with higher capacity electrical requirements.

» Run power and data on wall with wire mold if possible.

» Quantity of data outlets can be the same as a standard classroom

(assuming sucient WiFi).

» Quantity of power outlets on wall to be the same as old style

computer lab.

» Library / Media Center

» Circulation desk should be about 16 feet in length, provide limited access and

visual control throughout and include with phone, data and power outlets.

» Provide a combination of built-in circulation desk with power and data

along with mobile furniture pieces.

» Powered portion of the circulation desk will be built-in casework (to be

in GC contract) and the remaining of the circulation desk will be mobile

furniture pieces (in the F&E package).

» Sight lines from circulation desk is top priority.

» Book return location shall be movable. (Coordinate with APS FF+E)

» Built-in section preferred adjacent to library oce; if sight lines do not

allow desk near oce then a central location is preferred.

» Built-in to include countertop and under counter storage.

» Lockable pedestal storage with two box drawer and one le drawer –

at least two per built-in desk or one unit per librarian.

» Provide either a second lockable pedestal storage or a mixture of all

three as follows: Two le drawers; Doors with adjustable shelves; Two

boxes and one le drawers.

» Lockable pencil drawer or center drawer – one per knee space and/or

librarian.

» Accessible electrical outlets and data on every wall and columns. Coordinate

with casework, furniture, equipment, and FD+C sta.

» Provide day lighting (with a majority of the windows to have a sill height of 65”-

70”H to clear shelving and aid in safety).

» Space able to be darkened enough for AV use.

» Lights in individually controlled banks to allow darkening.

» Space to allow for dierent arrangements and programs to occur at one time

and include:

» Shelving: 3 linear feet of shelving for every 25 volumes (or 50 picture

books). A/E to work with APS FD+C for age appropriate furniture, shelving,

desks, and layout.

» Prefer space for mobile shelving units and wall space for 60” tall shelving.

Shelving and furniture is owner provided.

» Work study area for 2 classes, for large group reading activities, and for

reference.

» 4 computer stations for book search.

» Provide space for storage of maker space items - such as robotics, paper &

pens, and consider built-in locking cabinetry.

» Provide fully accessible area for storytelling, videos, and special

presentations. Include story area to be stepped (no pits) - consider curved

or work with FDC F&E on exible furniture.

» Design the space to have full visual access of the presentation area.

» Design the space to be fully visible from the general library area. No

pit areas.

» Display areas are important. Provide a tack board, magnetic whiteboard and/

or wall display areas, tack strip area above the shelves and around the room,

including story area for multiple display options.

» Provide a Librarian oce adjacent to library/media center with phone and data.

» Combine library workroom and oce.

» Provide direct access to a library workroom from main area.

» Provide a sink in the library work room.

» Mini Gym / Physical Education (Interior Area)

» Minimum 24’ clearance at ceiling is required (including light xtures, structural

elements, ect).

» A 5’ safety space between the court and wall is required.

» Gym should have 2 adjustable and retractable basketball goals with backboard

and wall pads.

» 4 additional adjustable and retractable basketball goals with backboard and wall

pads on the gym sidewalls with free throw lines are required.

» Provide wall eye bolts for net activities, and a climbing rope attachment.

» Discuss climbing wall option. Provide location to be installed by APS Special

Projects.

» Floor sleeve inserts with matching standards and nets for volleyball (main court

only) are required and provided by general contractor.

» Mini gym to be located near the exterior playgrounds and recreation elds and

away from classrooms.

» Provide minimum 4’ wide access door to outdoor play areas.

» Provide windows that are impact resistant or protected.

» Provide an oce for physical education sta.

» If this space is to have a performance platform, provide a platform with curtain

option, ramp access, and storage (see chart for square footages)(Platform may be

located in cafeteria in lieu of gym).

» Provide a separate storage space for after-school programs.

» Technology is mobile and moved in and out of the gym space. Provide data and

outlets in gyms.

» Provide spaces for students to put valuables.

» Athletic ooring: commercial grade sheet with welded seams (10mm thickness).

» Provide an exterior ball wall as part of the building design.

» Physical Education (Exterior Area)

» Playgrounds and elds (See “Site Recreation” at the end of this section, as well as

“General” section

» Support Spaces

» All school areas will provide an environment that meets the functional needs of support

services.

Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

» Cafeteria

» Cafeterias serve as a food serving area as well as a multi-purpose area for school

activities.

» Centrally located.

» Sized to seat 15 sf/student with no more than 3 lunch periods.

» Provide ample storage for additional special events folding tables and chairs.

» Provide a performance platform, with curtain option, ramp access, and storage.

» Provide data connections for an interactive teaching board (Refer to Appendix F).

» Acoustically treat the cafeteria ceiling to absorb sound.

» Provide windows to the outside with window coverings.

» Provide shelter-in-place area away from windows.

» Discuss with Food & Nutrition Service the option of self-service and/or cafeteria

sta-serve. (Relates to serving line set-up.)

» Discuss with Food & Nutrition Service serving counter heights, depths, and

points of access.

» Provide a milk dump located in the dining area with access for after school

programs.

» Provide a sink located in the dining area with access for after school programs.

» Provide additional outlets for small milk coolers located in the dining area.

» Provide outside dining.

» Kitchen

» See Kitchen requirements in Design & Construction Integrity Section.

» Utility / Storage

» Custodial Utility Areas

» There are to be sucient custodial areas with hot and cold water to eciently

clean all permanent and portable facilities. They are to be conveniently

distributed in a manner that is appropriate to serve entire school.

» 1 custodial oce shall provide for supplies and provide space for a desk.

» Provide an outlet and data drop for custodian’s desk.

» Additional custodial closets shall be located in each building and on each oor.

» All shall have a janitor’s oor mop sink with mop holders and sucient

shelves for storage.

» Cover walls around sink with stainless steel or FRP surround.

» All spaces to have active mechanical ventilation.

» Custodial Rooms will have painted walls (and ceilings or exposed structure if

they are not lay-in).

» Facility Storage Interior (other than in classrooms)

» Unassigned storage (that can be used for a variety of purposes).

» Paint all walls and hard ceilings (hard ceilings are not required).

» Facility Storage Exterior

» Exterior storage shall be 10’ tall and directly accessible to the outside to

store inventory salvage and excess equipment and furniture.

» Provide storage with exterior double door.

» Provide safe storage for gas appliances.

» Administrative Oces / Support Areas

» Secure Entry Vestibule

» A secure entry vestibule shall be designed as the initial point of access into

the building.

» Administrative Oces

» The administration area will be central to the school and visitor access. It

is the school’s access control point, so visibility and easy way nding are

important to and from these oces. Minimize curved walls and odd angled

walls in this area to best accommodate high density of furniture.

» Main oce shall be designed in a way that receptionist can buzz-in

(controlled access with cameras) from a secure vestibule.

» The main oce reception desk should be designed and installed as

casework and located where visitors enter the main lobby.

» Reception area shall provide space for tables for registration with

computer data drop.

» Reception is to have visual control of the school’s secure vestibule.

» Main re alarm annunciator, PA and intercom system control shall be

located in administrative oce area.

» Secretary and/or clerk shall have a clear view of cots in the nurse’s cot

room.

» Secretary and/or clerk shall have a clear view of special-system

panels (re/intercom).

» Space for le cabinets to include (sucient for student population)

re proof and lockable cabinets. A/E to coordinate with APS FD+C.

» Provide recessed display space with locking glass doors to display

student 2-D and 3-D art work. Lighting shall be on a manually

controlled system from outside of the display space.

» Mail boxes (1 per sta + 10% for growth) to be located in “sta area”,

admin area, or in the teachers’ lounge. Mailboxes should comfortably

allow for 8-1/2” x 11” paper size. Additional boxes shall provide for

the receipt of packages.

» The principal’s oce shall have more than one exit path. (For

example, one path could be through the reception area and a second

path could be via a hallway through the administrative suite.)

» Counseling

» Review needs for a particular school program with APS Counseling for

information on counseling allocations.

» Counseling oce requires privacy, therefore no FTE sharing of oces. Even a half

time FTE must have a private oce.

» For Privacy, oces will: Limit glass. Provide window covering for privacy.

Require sound isolation. Be located away from the public waiting area.

Have close access to a printer for printing of condential documents.

» Oces requires space for a locked le cabinet.

» Provide a secure storage room for archive le storage.

» Locate oce in the vicinity but separate from the administration.

» Proximity to the cumulative le room is preferred.

» Parents need to check in at the front area to see a counselor. Parents

waiting at the school oce /reception and should not be able to see

Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

students going to counseling.

» Students can have direct access to counseling oces. Students should not

have to talk to anyone to see counselor. Waiting area by counseling oces

is for students. (Not parents/visitors)

» Redirector Room

» Redirector room to be located at the counseling suite near the main hall to

encourage student access throughout the day. Adjacencies to counselor(s) and

social worker(s) for added support is preferable.

» Redirector requires space for a desk with small le storage, bookshelf, white

board, and power and data for a laptop.

» Work space is to be shared with a welcoming and comfortable student

activity area, furnished with soft seating, small table and chairs. Flexibility

for creating zones for individual and group restorative activities is required.

» Room requires carpet and soft colors.

» Daylighting, color LED, and dimmable lighting is preferable where possible.

» Nurse Suite

» The nurse suite should be adjacent to and have a visual connection to the

reception area. (In the event that the nurse is not on-site and reception sta

needs to keep an eye on sick students.)

» Refer to Appendix C Health Room requirements for list of equipment

requirements.

» Provide space for a minimum of 6 chairs in waiting area and wall rack for

educational materials.

» Vision screening:

» Provide a 20 feet deep space to conduct eye exams.

» Provide private oce for school nurse to include at least 2 duplex outlets, phone

with dedicated line, computer with Internet access, paper shredder, and window

to cot areas. Design walls / window for hearing testing (as sound proof as

possible). Consult APS Nursing Department for specic design parameters.

» Treatment Room includes:

» Provide space for half of required recovery cots separated by ceiling

mounted curtains. Total number of recovery cots is calculated at a ratio of 1

recovery cot (74” L x 24” W x 18” H) per 250 students.

» Duplex outlets and data drops at each cot for equipment that may be

required.

» Deep sink unit with hot and cold water.

» Provide space for 7 foot tall storage cabinet for large equipment.

» Provide space for second desk with at least 2 outlets for a phone and

computer with Internet access.

» Refrigerator with ice maker.

» Recovery/isolation room includes:

» Provide space for for half of required recovery cots separated by ceiling

mounted curtains. Duplex outlets and data drops at each cot for equipment

that may be required.

» Space for double locking medication cabinet. (See Appendix C Health Room

requirements for list of equipment requirements.)

» Provide wide door with 36” minimum clear door opening to allow for an

emergency gurney.

» Restroom to include a shower and space for a padded changing table (changing

table provided and installed by APS – Consult APS FD&C for current sizes). Allow

space for a Hoyer lift in bathroom.

» Provide exhaust fan in rooms.

» Provide space for 1 locking re proof le cabinet for every 800 students.

» Provide storage closet for wheelchair, crutches, and other bulk item storage.

» Provide stackable unit washer/dryer.

» Bookroom

» The Bookroom is to be located either in the Administration Area or adjacent to

the Library/Media Center with easy access from the corridor and delivery area.

» Provide space for shelving to be installed by general contractor.

» Workroom

» The workroom is to be centrally located to the teaching sta with easy access

from the corridor.

» Provide sucient permanent lockable storage including,

» Base cabinets with sucient countertop for workspace and equipment.

» Upper cabinets.

» Storage area for large paper rolls.

» Deep double sink area.

» Consider use of a utility sink set into the counter.

» Accommodate a variety of shelving systems for storage of paper, books, supplies,

and audio-visual material.

» Provide space for lay-out table.

» Coordinate requirements for dedicated circuits and outlets for equipment.

Conrm all existing and anticipated equipment (including laminators, Gestetner

style copier/printer/scanner/fax machines, etc.) with the school sta and FD+C.

» Teachers’ Lounge

» Locate teachers’ lounge near the administrative oces or workroom and

adjacent to sta restrooms. When possible, provide patio area with wall privacy.

» Outdoor furniture shall be attached to pavement and provided/installed by the

general contractor.

» Provide a small kitchenette area with a refrigerator (with water connection for

ice maker), two microwave ovens (no range), and double sink. Provide 5 duplex

outlets with dedicated circuits above counter.

» Provide space and power/data for two vending machines.

» Provide one 4’ x 4’ tack board.

» Refer to ‘Administration Area’ description for mailboxes which may be located in

the Teacher’s lounge.

» Site Recreation

» The school site is to provide outdoor recreation and learning areas suitable for

age of student population served. Design of play areas and equipment selection

will follow APS Playground Guidelines and the U.S. Consumer Product Safety

and the most recent ASTM Standard. See Site Design Directives section and APS

Playground Standards

» Playground design must be age specic.

Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Elementary School

» Playground Location

» Playground is to be conveniently located for student population and with safety

in mind.

» Provide shade trees in addition to permanent shade structures, if possible, and

include benches and tables in the shade area that are secured to the pavement

or ground.

» Kindergarten Playground

» Provide a separate, fenced kindergarten and/or pre-kindergarten playgrounds

in close proximity to the building with appropriate equipment scaled to

kindergartner use. Fence to be 6’-0” tall if part of the secure perimeter.

» Provide tricycle circular path and exterior storage for play equipment.

» Playground Safety

» Provide accessible routes to play areas.

» Provide skateboard deterrents on all low walls, curbs, seating etc. that are

targeted by skate boarders.

» Avoid barrel nut fasteners which cause maintenance problems (blue loctite).

» Typical playground equipment is a minimum 20’ x 20’ play structure.

» Hard Surface Play Areas

» Locate hard surface play areas near the buildings with southern sun exposure

where possible. If distant from the buildings and accessed through unpaved

areas, extend a wide walk between the two (crusher nes may be acceptable) to

minimize mud and sand being tracked into the buildings. Areas are to include:

» 1 concrete pad with basketball goals (lowered height) if space allows.

» Asphalt play area with painted game lines.

» Surfaced, running / walking track (minimum 5’ wide).

» Grass Playing Field

» There is to be one game eld. For elds under 1 acre, provide articial play turf (G

max certied). See Site Design Directives section for size.

» A separate Joint-Use natural grass eld may be provided/required under

agreement with either the City or the County (confer with APS Real Estate

Department). The grass eld shall be sized per the Joint-Use agreement

requirements.

» Playground Supervision

» Playgrounds are to be sited with good sight lines for good supervision.

Elementary School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

Needs Analysis for Standards-Based Middle Schools

» A utilization will be provided to the A/E by APS FD+C and Capital Master Plan (CMP)

prior to the design of each Project. The CMP utilization will dene the specic spaces

required for each project. The APS Standards will dene the square footage and character

requirements for each of the specied spaces.

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

General Classrooms

Regular

classrooms

39 840 32,760

SPED classrooms -- -- TBD

Include SPED

classrooms as

determined by

CMP. See SPED

program space

types listed in the

appendix.

Subtotal general

classrooms

32,760

Laboratories / Flexible Learning Areas

Science

laboratories

6 1,250 7,500

Lab prep/storage 3 420 1,260

1 prep/storage

space is shared

per 2 labs.

Computer lab or

STEAM lab

3 1,100 3,300

Computer/STEAM

storage

3 150 450

Project based

learning break-

out, large

4 840 3,360

Project based

learning break-

out, medium

6 420 2,520

Project based

learning break-

out, small

4 340 1,360

FACS - Sewing 1 1,200 1,200

FACS = Family and

consumer sciences

Sewing storage 1 175 175

Includes washer

and dryer

FACS - Culinary 1 1,200 1,200

Culinary storage/

pantry

1 175 175

Subtotal

laboratories

22,500

Middle School

Section 05

Programmed Spaces:

Middle Schools

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Fine + Performing Arts / Music

Fine Arts

classroom

1 1,300 1,300

Art oce 1 120 120

Art kiln room 1 100 100

Art storage 1 200 200

Chorus 1 1,300 1,300

Chorus oce 1 120 120

Chorus storage 1 400 400

Band/Orchestra 1 2,070 2,070

Band/Orchestra

oce

1 120 120

Band/Orchestra

storage

1 500 500

Drama/

Performance

1 1,100 1,100

Oce 1 120 120

Storage 1 500 500

Practice rooms

(large)

2 100 200

Practice rooms

are shared among

chorus, band,

orchestra, drama,

and performance.

Practice rooms

(small)

3 50 150

Subtotal ne +

performing arts /

music

8,300

Media Center

Entry / circulation

desk

1 200 200

Stacks and reading 1 2,800 2,700

Up to 50

occupants (2

classes)

Group study area 2 200 400

Computer

research area

1 600 600

Space for 16

computers

Classroom area 2 750 1,500

Up to 30

occupants

Librarian's oce/

workroom

1 300 300

Could be

combined or

separate spaces

Storage 1 200 200

Locate adjacent to

circulation desk

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Subtotal media

center

5,900

Physical Education

Main gym 1 8,600 8,600

24' ceiling,

minimum.

Bleacher seating 1 incl. above incl. above

Main gym storage 1 600 600

Auxiliary gym 1 5,800 5,800

24' ceiling,

minimum.

Aux gym storage 1 300 300

Multi-purpose

classroom

1 1,700 1,700

Could be used

for health class,

dance, weight, or

PE class. 12' ceiling

minimum.

Multi-purpose

storage

1 200 200

PE Lockers - Boys 1 1,450 1,450

PE Lockers - Girls 1 1,450 1,450

PE Teachers' Oce 2 175 350

PE oces include

a restroom

Snack bar 1 170 170

Subtotal physical

education

20,620

OT/PT and Adaptive PE (APE)

OT/PT and APE 1 500 500

Assumes non-hub.

See appendix

for additional

information.

Therapy space

storage

1 90 90

Oce hub 1 120 120

(2) shared

workstations at 60

SF each. Shared

workstations

accommodate

social workers,

speech language

pathologists,

occupational

therapists,

physical

therapists, and

APE teachers). See

appendix for more

info

Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Student meeting

room

1 130 130

Provide girls,

boys, and family

restrooms

Subtotal OT/PT

and APE

840

Cafeteria/Kitchen

Seating area,

including serving

line

1 3,800 3,800

Accommodate

school population

within 3 lunch

periods per day,

maximum.

Serving line 1 incl. above incl. above

Cafeteria storage 1 200 200

Performance stage

/ platform

1 800 800

Could be located

with drama/ne

arts instead of

cafeteria

Snack bar 1 250 250

Kitchen 1 see below see below

Main prep,

cooking, serving

area

1 1,200 1,200

Cleaning 1 250 250

Walk-in

refrigerator

1 225 225

Walk-in freezer 1 225 225

Dry storage 1 325 325

Oce 1 100 100

Restroom 1 50 50

Washer/dryer and

sta lockers

1 80 80 Provide 10 lockers

Kitchen janitor

closet

1 50 50

Deliveries 1 incl w tare incl w tare

Subtotal cafeteria/

kitchen

7,555

Administration

Secure entry

vestibule

1 200 200

Waiting/reception 1 250 250

Accommodate up

to 12 people

Receptionist/clerk 1 250 250

Secretary 1 160 160

Principal 1 150 150

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Assistant principal 2 120 240

Accommodate up

to 14 people

Conference room 1 240 240

File/storage/coee 1 160 160

Admin work area 1 150 150

Subtotal

administration

1,800

Sta/Teacher Support

Teachers'

workroom

1 900 900

Teachers'

workroom storage

1 200 200

Teachers' lounge 1 1,200 1,200

Work area 1 180 180

Mailboxes 1 175 175

Book storage 1 400 400

Family room

(parents' room)

1 600 600

Adult restrooms 2 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Subtotal sta/

teacher support

3,655

School Nurse's Suite

Waiting area 1 120 120

Treatment room 1 250 250

Locate half of

required cots in

the treatment

room

Recovery/isolation

room

1 180 180

Locate half of

required cots in

the recovery/

isolation room

Restroom 1 80 80

Nurse's oce 1 120 120

Health assistant

work area

1 100 100

Storage 1 50 50

Subtotal school

nurse's suite

900

Counseling Area

Secretary with

waiting area

1 175 175

Counselor oce 3 150 450

Head SPED oce 1 150 150

Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Instruction coach

oce

1 150 150

Evaluation and

testing

1 120 120

Congure same as

oce

Conference/IEP

room

1 240 240

File storage 1 150 150

Subtotal

counseling area

1,435

Programmed Facilities Support

In-School

Suspension / TIPS

1 650 650

Security oce 1 150 150

Lobby / pre-

function area

1 800 800

Allocate

judiciously

where needed

to improve

circulation and

ow. Does not

have to be a

singular, separate

space.

General/building

storage

1 200 200

Could be multiple

spaces totaling

200 SF maximum

School store 1 240 240

Lockers 1 600 600

Testing materials

storage

1 600 600

Technology

storage

1 120 120

MDF 1 168 168 12'x14'

IDF 5 120 600 10'x12'

Head custodian

oce

1 80 80

Custodial

supplies and site

equipment

5 40 200

Subtotal facilities

support

4,408

Middle School Facility Space Summary

General

Classrooms

32,760

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Laboratories /

Flexible Learning

Areas

22,500

Fine + Performing

Arts / Music

8,300

Media Center 5,900

Physical Education 20,620

OT/PT and

Adaptive PE (APE)

840

Cafeteria/Kitchen 7,555

Administration 1,800

Sta/Teacher

Support

3,655

School Nurse's

Suite

900

Counseling Area 1,435

Programmed

Facilities Support

4,408

Subtotal middle

school NSF

110,673

30% Tare (70%

Eciency)

47,431

Total Middle

School GSF

158,104

Middle School Site

Requirements

Quantity SF GSF

Students 1,200

Sta xx

Permanent

Buildings

1 158,104 158,104

Assumes single

story construction

Portable Buildings

(if required)

6 1,800 10,800

Sta and visitor

parking spaces

145 400 58,000

Special event

parking

0 N/A N/A

Bus parking 21 765 16,065 45' x 17' per space

Cars at student

drop-o/pick-up

60 400 24,000

Synthetic turf eld 1 54,100 54,100

Natural grass eld

with track

1 73,800 73,800

Outdoor learning

area

2 12,100 24,200 With shade

Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Basketball courts 4 4,200 16,800

Easements /

setbacks (typical)

1 40,000 40,000

Subtotal middle

school site

475,869

30% Tare (70%

Eciency)

203,944

Total Middle

School Site GSF

679,813 1 acre = 43,560 SF

Total Middle

School Site Acres

15.6 1 acre = 43,560 SF

General Needs for Corridors and Lobby Areas in Proximity to

Classrooms:

» Provide tall display cases with safety glass for student work and awards near each

grade level, the art / music classroom(s), main oce and main gymnasium.

» At the discretion of the school, provide student lockers in the hallways. If located

in a room and for easy monitoring, lockers shall be one-tier. If against the walls,

the locker units can be 2-tiers.

» General Needs for all Middle School Classrooms:

» Refer to Chapter 2 [School Design + Construction Integrity].

» Special Education Spaces:

» Refer to Appendix B

» Science Laboratories

» Provide 6 science laboratories for 32 students each with shared workroom /

storage / prep room. Provide a pair of laboratories and one workroom / storage /

prep room for each grade level.

» For each science lab, provide six student stations with sinks. Five (5) of which

measuring 34” H x 24” D, shall feature 48” lockable base unit (with shelves), 18”

three-drawer unit and 18” sink unit with 12” W, 12” L, 8” D phenolic resin sink with

tall goose-neck lever handle faucet. The sixth station shall include a 48” lockable

base unit with shelves and a 36” ADA sink unit.

» Of the six laboratories, four will have the scheme exactly as described above. For

the other two labs (in the 6th grade wing) the 48” base cabinet shall feature 20

plastic trays inserted into the lockable cabinet rather than shelves. All groups

shall have upper wall cabinet units that measure 36” W, 24” H, 18” D with lockable

sliding glass doors. Provide additional base cabinets as required for design. All

tops shall be phenolic resin.

» Workroom / Storage / Prep Room – each space shall feature a 36” x 36” glass

drying rack over 36” W, 34” H, 24” D base cabinet unit with a cutout for 12” W, 12”

L, 8” D phenolic resin sink with goose-neck lever handle faucet, a three-drawer

18” W base unit, a 32” W base unit with shelves with a cook top inset, a 24” built-

in dishwasher, a full size refrigerator, and a 66” desk area with 2 pedestals of three

drawers each and knee space of 30” wide. Provide upper open wall cabinets

over the desk of two 30” H, 24” H, 13” D and one over the cook-top for the hood.

Provide open solid metal shelving for science equipment storage.

» Utilities to be included are natural gas, water, and electricity.

» Provide retractable power outlets from ceiling over lab tables.

» Provide emergency gas shut o, eye wash/ shower, and re blanket.

» Consider if natural gas is required for all science classrooms.

» Consider if a fume hood is required at some science classrooms.

» Performing and Fine Arts:

» Discuss the school’s Fine Arts program activities and needs with the school

building committee including Fine Arts sta.

» Accommodate technological tools in instruction: recorded music, projection of

lyrics, and displaying video clips of performances.

» Provide Bluetooth compatibility for music classrooms.

» Provide speakers and AV system for classrooms.

» LED screen with air play Promethean for each classroom.

» Provide appropriate number of power outlets at walls and counters.

» Coordinate special systems with APS technology and APS Fine Arts. General

contractor will provide conduit/rough-in and APS contractor will pull cable

and provide special systems.

» The A/E shall consider an outdoor performance venue in close proximity to the

indoor performance space. The conguration of the performance spaces are as

follows:

» Chorus, and Band/Orchestra:

» Spaces shall be acoustically tuned with non-parallel walls, sound panels from

ceiling (or acoustical ceiling), wall panels and oor treatment.

» Ceiling heights in main rooms should be non-parallel to oor, unless using

ceiling sound panels, and may vary from noted ceiling heights (that are averages

for space).

» Because these rooms are high-noise spaces, acoustically-separate them from the

rest of the school and from one another.

» Protect walls w/ chair rail and corner guards around band/orchestra and chorus

walls.

» Chorus and band/orchestra room shall feature an oce for each teacher, with

visual access to the classroom.

» APS F&E will provide riser and le cabinets for Chorus, which will require storage

for both.

» Band and orchestra requires its own instrument storage cabinets to be provided

by A/E & GC, which need to be anchored for seismic code requirements.

» Provide practice rooms with acoustical treatment of walls and doors. Design

practice rooms to open into the ensemble rooms.

» Provide interior windows into the practice rooms, preferably from the main

ensemble space.

» Drama / Performance:

» Program space shall allow use of the stage as a part of the drama academic

Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

space and to open a folding powered sound wall to the stage (part of the

cafeteria) while closing the drama classroom o from the stage. (Jackson MS is

an example)

» Provide an oce with a window into the classroom space and lockable storage

room.

» Provide casework for storage of props, fabrics and other stagecraft materials for

the drama classroom.

» Performance Stage

» Provide space for performance Stage to be equipped with front/side/back

curtains with stage wings and be located in close proximity or adjacent to the

drama classroom.

» Provide ramp access onto stage. Performance area shall be provided in the

cafeteria. Stage area is additionally described more fully in the Cafeteria Section.

» Art

» Provide space for eight 60” x 60” shop tables, clay area with two electric potter’s

wheels, damp proof cabinet, and an open area to place model or still life.

» Orient openings to the north if possible.

» Provide a deep, wide sink with clay trap and a separate hand sink for ADA

compliance as required. Tie all sinks in area to clay trap(s).

» Provide (1) magnetic white, (1) chalk boards and tack board and/or tack strips.

Provide places to display student work. Consider dry erase walls to encourage

advertising of student performance.

» Provide and coordinate a separate kiln room with proper power and outlet for

the specic kiln and exhaust hood for the specic kiln. The kiln room will be

provided with a thermostatically controlled room exhaust fan separate from

the kiln exhaust hood. The District preferred kiln and associated equipment, see

Appendix G, and shall be provided and installed by the general contractor.

» Provide storage room with 24” deep shelving with kiln or adjacent to kiln room.

» Provide retractable power outlets from ceiling over shop tables.

» Provide a contiguous or adjacent art patio if possible.

» Flexible Labs – Elective Labs

» Each classroom will accommodate 32 students.

» JROTC / Leadership

» Consult with CMP for JROTC spaces / utilization and funding.

» Family and Consumer Science – Sewing.

» If such program/need exists in a mid-school and veried by CMP, the space shall

accommodate the following functions:

» Sewing will have up to 32 sewing machines, measuring 24”D x 36” W on 16

tables. Power to be supplied by ceiling-mounted retractable outlets instead of

oor outlets.

» Sewing area to have a 30”W by 60”H mirror in space for tting clothes.

» Provide mobile demo unit to match casework which must meet ADA

requirements.

» Provide two 48”W, 84”H, 24”D locking tall cabinets with shelves and one

wardrobe unit 18”W by 84”H by 24”D.

» Laundry area with washer and dryer. Provide 60”W, 24”H, 13”D lockable upper

cabinets over the washer and dryer. Provide standing laundry sink near the

washer and dryer.

» Storage room to have built-in cabinets that accommodate ve 32 storage tray

cabinets, with each tray about 20”H, 20”D in a nominal 24”W, 5”H, 24”D slot in a

nominal 48”W, 84”H, 24”D casework unit.

» Family and Consumer Science - Culinary Arts

» If such program/need exists in a mid-school and veried by CMP, the space shall

accommodate the following functions:

» Cooking will have six student kitchenettes, “L” shaped base cabinets have worked

well previously, each with a double stainless steel sink (each 14x16x6) with single

action lever faucet (no gooseneck), a slide-in stove with oven that has controls

on the front (side exhaust ranges are not allowed), and a space for a microwave

on the counter. Provide a residential style fume hood with a suppression system

at each range.

» Upper cabinets to contain evenly sized wall units including the stove hood

location.

» Each kitchenette is about 15 linear feet of 34”H, 24”D base cabinets mixing

door and drawer units as for residence, with 8’ of upper cabinets at minimum

13” deep. Each kitchenette to have at least 6 drawers in multiple units, multiple

standard storage units, a sink base unit , a corner storage unit with rotating

shelves, a 12” vertical try storage unit, and a slot for the slide-in stove/oven.

» The instructors demo kitchen island will be 36”H, 30”D, with 30” cooktop unit

with storage below, 24” four drawer unit, 36” sink unit, and one drawer and

storage unit. Provide cabinets or ceiling mounted mirror that is long enough to

show stove and counter prep area. Behind demo kitchen island provide base

cabinets with 36”H, 24”D units: one 36”W sink unit with double stainless steel

sink unit with sprayer and disposal, one 24”W dishwasher unit, one 1-drawer

and slide out trash 24”W unit, one 1-drawer and storage 24” unit, one 12’ vertical

try storage unit, and one 30”W, 84”H, 24”D tall unit for double oven unit with 2

drawers below.

» Provide accent lighting over demonstration kitchen.

» Pantry to have 1 each upright freezer and one refrigerator (minimum 21 cubic

feet each, Energy Star, white). Install ve wire metal shelving units that are each

74”H, 24”D, and 48” W.

» Computer Labs

» If space utilization from CMP validates the need, a computer lab shall be designed with

the following:

» Each station will be 36”W by 30”D using specialized counters mounted at 26” +/-

for middle school students. One workstation will be set at ADA height.

» All screens shall be visible from instructor workstation.

» All wiring to run in wire / cable management system along or below counters.

There shall be no power poles or oor outlets.

» Storage room (to be shared with Technology Education Lab) has four 30”W,

34”H, 24”D, lockable base cabinets with shelves, one 36”W, 34”H, 24”D six-drawer

unit. Provide about 16’ of upper cabinets made up of 36”W, 24”H, 13”D lockable

Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

cabinets, except for a shorter one over the sink.

» Provide power/data in te storage room

» Provide a separate HVAC zone for each computer and steam lab.

» Technology Education Lab

» This lab provides space for improving computer technology skills.

» The design of the lab should allow its workstations to be viewed by the teacher.

» Provide lockable upper cabinets for storage of equipment.

» STEAM / STEM Lab / Maker Space

» Data drops and power outlets in raceway on walls for exibility.

» Provide multi zone/dimmable lighting controls to optimize space

functionality and illumination levels.

» Accommodate space for movable furniture and work tables which APS F&E will

provide.

» Retractable power outlets from ceiling, four duplex cord reels.

» Locate as close as feasible to library.

» Provide sink in at least one STEAM lab. It is not required in a regular computer

lab.

» Consider storage room in addition to in-room storage casework or furniture

storage.

» Library / Media Center

» The library / media center requirements follow:

» Accommodate multiple classes in library.

» Seat about 85 students and sta at tables and computers.

» Acoustics at teaching area should be designed for teaching.

» Space to allow for dierent arrangements and programs to occur at one

time.

» Work study area for 2 classes, for large group reading activities and for

reference.

» Four to eight computer stations for book search.

» Expect more talking in libraries due to project based learning.

» Use sound baes at an open ceiling to absorb sound so students can talk.

» Provide accessible electrical outlets on every wall and columns. Coordinate

casework, furniture, and equipment with FD+C sta.

» Circulation desk should be about 16 feet in length, provide limited access and

visual control throughout.

» Provide circulation desk with phone, data and power outlets.

» Circulation desk requires storage- an under counter box/le pedestal or a

le cabinet with doors and adjustable shelves per librarian needs.

» Allow the book drop location to be exible/ or as furniture.

» Shelving

» The library requires less shelf space than needed in the past. Reading

materials are a blended model - technology and paper books. FF&E will

work with the school and APS library services to provide shelving based on

the book count [including the tall shelving against the walls].

» Provide space for 60” tall shelving, and space for lower shelving to facilitate

visibility/supervision when not against a wall.

» Lighting

» Provide day lighting (with a minimum window sill height of 65 or 70” to

clear shelving).

» Space able to be darkened enough for AV use.

» Provide multi zone/dimmable lighting controls to optimize space

functionality and illumination levels.

» Reference Electrical Systems Design Standards for additional requirements.

» Technology

» Provide power outlets and data drops.

» Provide exible access to power. No power columns/poles or oor boxes.

» Accommodate space for 30 by 60 desk and 30 by 60 work table, with cable

management.

» Install appropriate wiring for audio visual and computer equipment.

» Provide storage and charging for electronics (i.e. phones, laptops, tablets,

etc.)

» Provide power for charging up to 30 units.

» A& E will provide wall outlets/power for furniture that includes

charging stations and charging walls for devices if budget allows.

Need exibility to change device cords.

» Provide a device charging system so that no school sta are

responsible for the phones.

» Metal-detector security gates shall not be used.

» Oce / Workroom

» Direct access to a media center workroom is required.

» Combine library workroom and oce.

» Provide sink with soap (receives APS supplied pouch soap rells – verify

specied model with FD+C) and paper towel dispensers. Provide built-in

upper and lower lockable cabinets of 40 linear feet.

» Provide storage space for maker space supplies.

» Physical Education / Main Gym, Oces, PE Classroom

» All physical education facilities must have equal facilities for male and female per

the Title IX requirement. The MS facilities support PE and athletics programs.

» Provide coach oces. A MS program typically has 3 to 4 coaches. Provide 2

shared oces.

» Provide a PE Classroom.

» If there are before and after-school programs, provide lockable oce / storage

space.

» Main Gym/Physical Education Area

» No ductwork or lighting to be installed below the 25’ height.

» A safety space (minimum 10 Feet) between the court and wall is required with

wall pads at each end.

» Stripe the oor for a main basketball court (50’ x 84’), and a main volleyball court

co-located with the main basketball court.

» In addition, stripe the oor for 2 basketball cross-courts and 2 volleyball

cross-courts.

» Gym should have 2 main motorized retractable basketball goals with clear

backboard and ooring court markers. Plus 4 additional motorized retractable

Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

basketball goals with backboard. Provide wall pads on the gym sidewalls.

» Provide volleyball sleeves, standards, padding, net, and sleeve screw caps for

safety. Provide 5 sleeves for full and half court games.

» Wall eye bolts for net activities, and a climbing rope attachment.

» Main gym to be located near the exterior playgrounds and recreation elds and

away from classrooms.

» Provide direct access

» Provide windows that are impact resistant or protected.

» Provide motorized telescoping bleachers to seat ½ of the student population

with one-piece molded bench type plastic seating on one side of gymnasium.

Provide 8’-0” clear space between the top row of the bleachers and bottom of

the roof structure.

» Provide full-time designated wheelchair spaces at bleachers. No “Flex Rows.”

» If not adjacent to cafeteria, provide a snack bar with rolling door that seals tight

to stainless steel counter. Provide cabinets, shelving and 3-compartment sink.

» Provide storage space with lockable double doors for athletic equipment and

folding chairs. Ceiling height to accommodate volleyball poles. Secure all

shelving units to oor to meet seismic conditions.

» Provide a motorized divider curtain across the middle of the gym.

» Technology is mobile and moved in and out of the gym space. Provide data and

outlets in main and auxiliary gyms.

FD+C Note: Refer to the APS Electrical Design Standards and APS Mechanical Design Standards on the

FD+C website

» Locker Rooms

» Provide separate locker rooms for boys and girls for 70 students each, with equal

facilities for each sex per Title IX requirements.

» Provide 2 oces (to be shared by 2 people each) with adjacent restrooms in

close proximity to locker rooms. Provide (2) single tier full height 15” wide, 18”

deep lockers. Provide the restroom with a water closet, lavatory with mirror and

accessories. Restroom to have ceramic tile oor and base.

» Lockers: Provide alternating 6- and 2- combination locker system where 6 over/

under lockers in 72” high by 12” wide by 18” deep lockers paired with a 2- tier

locker 72” high by 15” wide by 18” deep. Doors shall have a piano hinge.

» Design for maximum 210 students with generally less than 70 students (each

sex) per period. Provide fully welded lockers with padlock eye (no moving parts),

one double hook on ceiling and 3 single hooks on walls of lockers. Provide

aluminum number plates. Provide 35 6-tier lockers and 35 2-tier lockers. Provide

benches with integral bases and anchored securely to the oor.

» Restrooms: Provide restrooms for students with access from the gym via the

locker room.

» All exterior windows in locker rooms shall be at least 8’-0” a.f.f.

» Auxiliary Gym

» Auxiliary gym sized to have a standard basketball court with a safety space

around the court (3,800 sf) with a minimum 25’ ceiling height is required.

» Discuss climbing wall option in the auxiliary gymnasium.

» Flooring shall be striped for basketball and volleyball with wall pads on the end

walls.

» A safety space (minimum 10 Feet) between the court and wall is required with

wall pads at each end.

» Provide volleyball pole anchor sleeves, standards, padding, net and sleeve screw

caps for safety.

» Storage room for athletic equipment and chair storage to have ceiling height to

accommodate the volleyball poles.

» Circuit Training

» The circuit equipment should be enclosed in a 1,500 square feet space with a

raised ceiling to accommodate the circuit training equipment that is specied.

» Mirrors or glass panels in weight rooms to be no greater than 48” wide x

60” tall sections. Multiple sections can be stacked on top of each other to

generate oor to ceiling condition. (Spacing mirrors too tightly has resulted

in cracked glass)

» Flooring shall be striped to indicate the clearances required during the use of

each piece of the circuit.

» Consider a training course at the exterior.

» Cafeteria

» In addition to the cafeteria’s function as the dining area, it may serve as the

school’s performance venue and for assemblies.

» Access into space should be in no less than a double door arrangement

(two 36” minimum wide doors) at all exit points even if exiting calculation

allows less.

» The cafeteria should be accessible from the exterior for after school

programs without allowing access to the remainder of the school.

» Sized to seat 15 nsf/student with no more than 3 lunch periods.

» Provide adequate point-of-sale connections for computerized checkout

units at food purchasing appropriate locations (2 minimum).

» Provide powered AV screen mounted in the structure of the ceiling area.

Key operate switch or locate switch in storage or custodial room.

» Screen size to be approximately 78” x 139”

» Provide windows with a view to the outside and provide with electrically

operated roller shades for shading and lockdown.

» Discuss with Food & Nutrition Service the option of self-service and/or

cafeteria sta-serve.

» Floors to be polished concrete.

» For after school programs provide storage, hand sink, snack cooler and

required outlets in a separate lockable room.

» Provide designated area for recycle bins for paper, plastic and aluminum.

» Stage (if located in the cafeteria)

» Provide rough in for a high-delity sound system with equipment located in

storage. Install conduit so 4 speakers will cover space from stage to back of room.

» Provide one to two connections for a wired microphone and provisions for two

to three cordless microphones.

» Provide lighting for stage area. Provide stage lighting system with minimum

16 PAR 38 xtures, 8/16 channel controller, dimmer packs, cabling, clamps, and

needed gel sheets. Mount lighting for maximum coverage of stage area.

Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

» Provided manually operated curtains on front, side and back, ramp access, and

storage.

» Provide acoustic treatment to allow use of space for small plays and music

ensembles.

» Coordinate rough-in with APS sta architect and APS on-call AV contractor

» Snack Bar

» Snack bar shall be contiguous with the cafeteria or gym as in recent builds.

» Provide service openings into the cafeteria and to the outside. Each opening

shall have a lockable stainless steel re-rated (as needed) roll door with stainless

steel sill. At exterior openings provide inset vertical hung aluminum storm

window units (or equal) to close o opening when not operating to prevent draft

and insects. Openings to be 18” wide x 30” high.

» At the exterior openings, provide eective cover from rain and sun for students.

» Provide snack bar with only warming capabilities with 22 Ln. ft. of HDL open

base shelf cabinets with counter top to connect with the window serving areas.

Provide wire mold along back-splash of counter for warming equipment (5

devices such as microwaves).

» Provide wire metal shelving along wall opposite from windows.

» Provide 3 compartment sink – each 10” wide x 14” long by 12” deep – with same

accessories and faucet as in kitchen unit. Provide with 20” drain boards each side.

Provide 12” high stainless steel wall protection behind sink area.

» Provide a hand sink with soap (receives APS supplied pouch soap rells – verify

specied model with FD+C) and paper towel dispensers.

» Provide 2 point-of-sale computer jacks with outlets (one each pair of windows)

for interface with food service computer sales system from kitchen oce.

» Storage / Custodial

» Provide separate custodial areas: one in kitchen and cafeteria. Each with

custodial sink, backsplashes, faucets, broom and mop holder rack.

» Provide ample storage for additional special events folding tables and chair carts.

» Provide doors to allow for 72” clear opening.

» Outside Dining Patio

» Provide hard surface, well drained and half shaded patio area (shade between

10:30 am and 1:30 pm) adjacent to the snack bar and easily available for students

from the cafeteria. Provide anchored, exterior rated, vandal resistant tables and

benches for up to 100 students.

» Provide hose bib in area for cleaning. Provide outlet for cleaning equipment with

30 amp GFCI circuit.

» Provide general site lighting for dining area (and adjacent socialization areas) to

allow evening use for special programs.

» Kitchen

» See requirements in Chapter 2- Design & Construction Integrity Section.

» Other School Support

» These are miscellaneous spaces that have no specic relationship to specic

spaces:

» School Store: The store will have a 72” by 42” tall stainless steel roll-up door, rated

for location. It will be key lockable from inside. Room will have ve 36”W, 34”H,

24”D base cabinets (one 6-drawer unit and 4 lockable shelf units). Countertop

with integral back-splash. Wall opening at roll door to receive stainless steel cap

on the sill or plastic laminate counter extension. Provide three 48”W, 78”H, 18”D

wire steel shelving.

» MDF and IDF to conform to all requirements in the APS Electrical Design

Standards and Telecommunications Guidelines. Seal all wall to roof and oor to

wall joints to prevent dust inltration. Locate MDF near utility entry to school.

The main services and distribution of all cable / wire for all special systems goes

through these rooms. Rooms to be acclimatized with good air exchange, free of

dust, and operate 24 hours a day so no time clock interference.

» IT repairs typically take place o-site. If an IT oce is required then it should be

located near the MDF and include a 60”L, 36”H, 36”D workbench.

» Utility / Storage Custodial Utility Areas

» Refer to Chapter 2 [School Design + Construction Integrity]

» Facility Storage Interior (other than in classrooms)

» Refer to Chapter 2 [School Design + Construction Integrity]

» Facility Storage Exterior

» Refer to Chapter 2 [School Design + Construction Integrity]

Administrative Offices / Support Areas

» Administrative Oces

» The administration area will be central to the school and visitor access. It is the school’s

single point of entry so visibility and way nding are important to and from these oces.

» Main oce should be easily located by visitors to the school.

» Reception areas: Provide one area with 2 built-in workstations for sta that

control phones, PA and support administration sta. Provide space for a

reception desk with upper and lower cabinets for both, each using about an

8’ by 8’ work area. Provide another built-in reception area for public sign-in,

phone console, and information. This area shall have 3 built-in work stations

of custom design to set the design theme of the school. The casework shall be

about 20 linear ft. of base units with 3 knee spaces separated by drawer units.

The transaction counter height should be 42” high except for a section of the

desk that is ADA compliant and the work surface behind the transaction counter

should be 30” a.f.f. This area shall have visual control of the school’s main entry

point and capable of being secured with a grille after hours.

» Provide a waiting area in the lobby for seating for up to 12 people and allowing

room for tables for registration.

» Principal’s oce will have APS-provided furniture which may include a desk,

credenza, and table and chairs. Principal’s oce should have 2 exit paths out of

space.

» Assistant principals’ oce will have APS-provided furniture which may include

desk and a small round table and chairs.

Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

» Conference room should be located for easy access by multiple groups within

the school.

» Room shall seat 12-14 people. The room shall have lower and upper

lockable cabinets and a sink.

» Secretary/Bookkeeper shall have a room similar to the assistant principals.

» Workroom/copier is support for administrative sta. Space includes copiers,

form storage, and clerk workstation. Provide six 36” W, 36” H, 24” D base storage

cabinets with shelves, and six 36” W, 24” H, 15” D open shelf upper cabinets. The 2’

x 2’ head-end console for the PA system can be located in this room. Provide four

wardrobe cabinets for sta in the open oce area (18” W, 84” H, 24” D).

» File/storage/coee area is o the main oce portion of administration. In the

le/storage room provide two 48” W, 84” H, 24” D lockable tall cabinets. (Eight

vertical le cabinets and one table will be provided by others.) The coee bar

area is intended more as a non-secure entry area to the high security le room.

The coee bar has one 24” ADA sink base unit with 12” by 12” by 8” stainless steel

sink with gooseneck faucet, on 24” 4-drawer base unit, two 30” lockable storage

base units with shelves and one small (18 cubic foot) refrigerator with ice maker

(to be provide by the general contractor). Provide plug mold along counter for

coee maker and microwave.

» Family/parent room can be in the vicinity with data and power. Accommodate

space for four to six computer work stations in family/parent room which parents

may come in and utilize.

» Provide recessed display space with locking safety glass doors to display student

2-D and 3-D art work and which is visible to the public.

» Provide restrooms in proximity to the administration area or adjacent to this area

for public/sta adults.

FD+C Note: All windows to have a minimum sill height of 30” a.f.f. Minimize curved and odd-angled walls in

this area to best accommodate high density of furniture.

» Counseling Area

» Review needs for a particular school program with APS Counseling for

information on traditional counseling allocations.

» The counseling area will be self-contained but shall be easily accessible for all

students and parents. Access to the counseling area will be a controlled area and

should be located out of the general circulation for privacy.

» Provide secretary open oce desk and waiting area for 6 people.

» Parents need to check in at the front area to see a counselor. Parents need

to wait at school oce /reception. Locate the counseling suite away from

the public waiting area so that the public or parents don’t see students

going to counseling.

» Students should have direct access to counseling oces. Waiting area by

counseling oces is for students.

» Provide oces for counselor(s), head SPED,instructional coach, and space

per evaluation/testing per project utilization requirements.

» For privacy, avoid glass. Counseling oces require sound isolation.

» Provide power, data, and space for printers to be located in the counseling

suite for condentiality.

» Provide a conference room for 14 people. Provide one 48” W, 34” H, 24”

D ADA sink and drawer unit for sing 14”, 16” 6” D stainless steel sink with

gooseneck lever handle faucet; one 36 W, 34” H, 24” D base storage unit

and compact refrigerator under a 24” +/- base unit with side panel. Provide

matching lockable upper cabinets 24” H and 13” D. Assemble so that there

is a counter on each side of sink. Provide paper towel dispenser and pouch

type soap dispenser at sink (receives APS supplied pouch soap rells –

verify specied model with FD+C). Provide outlets at back of counter.

» Provide re-proof secure space for 14 vertical le re-rated cabinets to

include 2 lockable storage cabinets (48” W x 24” D x 84” H) to be provided

by F&E for supplies, forms, and brochures. This room is a secure area with

limited access.

» Nurse Suite

» The nurse suite shall be located near the main oce and lobby for easy access by

students and parents. This will also facilitate the mandatory signing-in and-out

procedures and allows for quick backup by sta in an emergency. Design so that

the Health Center may expand in the future.

» Provide a waiting area with seating for 6 students. This space should be visible

from the Nurse’s oce and Health Assistant’s desk. The people waiting should

not be able to see into the treatment and recovery areas.

» Provide oce for nurse, and space for a desk that is about 11 linear feet. The

double locked medicine check (NIC See Appendix C for space requirements)

is located in this space. Key access to this room is limited due to les and

medicines. Provide space in layout for compact sized refrigerator to store

controlled/prescription medicines. Provide window into treatment and recovery

areas and waiting area to supervise students. Design doors, wall, ceiling,

windows for speech privacy when door is closed.

» Provide space for a health assistant desk within the waiting area.

» Recovery (Isolation) area: Provide space for half of required recovery cots

separated by ceiling mounted curtains. Total number of recovery cots is

calculated at a ratio of 1 recovery cot (74” L x 24” W x 18” H) per 250 students.

Duplex outlets and data drops at each cot for equipment that may be required.

» Treatment area: Provide refrigerator (provided by general contractor) that is

white, Energy Star, 18 cubic foot frost free with ice maker. Provide 10 Ln. Ft. of

lockable plastic laminate casework 34” h and 24” D with 30” wide ADA sink unit

with 14” x 16” x 8” deep stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet with lever

handles, one 30” base cabinet with 4 small drawers side by side and 2 large

drawers below and one 30” W by 34: H by 24” D storage units. Provide four 13”

D lockable upper storage cabinet units over base units and refrigerator. Locate

refrigerator far enough away from sink so that a GFCI outlet is not required.

Provide pouch-type soap dispenser (receives APS supplied pouch soap rells

– verify specied model with FD+C), paper towel dispenser and mirror at sink.

Include space for half of required recovery cots separated by ceiling mounted

curtains. Duplex outlets and data drops at each cot for equipment that may be

required.

» Provide area for a 24” wide by 60” high safety mirror.

» Patients should be able to view a supervisory person from the recovery cot if

curtains are open. Area of cots should be able to be darkened to reduce stress.

Privacy curtains to be installed around each cot. Duplex outlets are required at

each cot for equipment.

Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: Middle School

» ADA-compliant bathroom with ceramic tile oor and standard restroom

accessories. For schools with Special Education DD level students, allow space for

Hoyer lift in bathroom. Inclusion of shower if special education program requires

it. No changing table.

» Choose paint, tile, and other coverings to be easily cleaned and disinfected.

» Dedicated climate control. Operable window if possible; also provide exhaust fan

in rooms.

» Provide storage closet for wheelchair, crutches, and other bulk item storage.

» Provide space for locking re proof vertical le cabinet - one for every 800

students.

» Provide combo washer-dryer laundry unit (stacking unit).

» Teachers’ Workroom

» The workroom shall be centrally located to the teaching sta with easy access from the

corridor.

» Defer to ooring table.

» Centrally located with proximity access to the Media Center preferred.

» Sucient permanent lockable storage.

» Base cabinets with sucient countertop for workspace and equipment.

» Upper cabinets.

» Deep double sink area.

» Soap dispenser - surface mounted with screws (receives APS supplied pouch

soap rells – verify specied model with FD+C)

» Paper towel dispenser - surface mounted, stainless steel, lever operation

(receives roll towels)

» Consider use of a utility sink set into the counter.

» Sucient storage area, minimum 60 sf.

» Accommodate a variety of shelving systems for storage of paper, books, supplies,

and audio-visual material.

» Ability to accommodate space for a desk (30x60) for an educational assistant.

» Accommodate space for a work table (30x72).

» Dedicated circuits and outlets for equipment.

» Teachers’ Lounge

» Located near the administrative oces or workroom and adjacent to sta

restrooms. Where applicable, provide patio area with wall privacy.

» Accommodate space for seating 30, APS F&E provides the tables and chairs

as well as the microwaves. Small kitchenette area with an 18 c.f. frost free

refrigerator with ice maker, microwave oven (no range), and double sink. Provide

5 duplex outlets with dedicated circuits above counter. At the sink provide soap

dispenser, surface mounted with screws (receives APS supplied pouch soap

rells – verify specied model with FD+C), and paper towel dispenser - surface

mounted, polycarbonate, lever operation (receives roll towels).

» Space and power/data for two vending machines.

» Sta mail boxes (1 per sta and 10% growth) either here or in a sta only area of

the administration area. And base cabinet for larger reams of paper and/or larger

packages.

» Windows and, typically, access to an outside patio area. Keep window sills at

minimum 30” a.f.f.

» Site Recreation

» The school site shall provide outdoor recreation and learning areas suitable for

age of student population served. Refer to individual sections for specic school

level requirements.

» Outside Gathering Areas

» Provide exterior space central to school that permits social gathering of

students during leisure time and for group presentations (e.g. commons area,

amphitheater).

» Provide seating options in high activity areas (at crossroads, lobbies, courtyards,

etc.) and social/outdoor class areas.

» Provide an outdoor paved plaza area to accommodate 300 students with a 440

sf raised area with a GFCI outlet access to accommodate speakers and small

performances.

» Outdoor AV system will be portable. Rough in not required.

» Provide an outdoor learning area for seating 40 students with shading.

» Provide an outdoor dining patio (standard included in cafeteria section).

» Athletic Fields

» Locate the gym complex close to the main eld and track, auxiliary eld, and locate the

exterior basketball courts in a convenient location for student use and away from streets

and parking areas. Provide a 12’-0” wide gated opening for M&O access.

» For eld and amenity sizing, see General Concepts - Site Recreation section.

» Main Field and Track

» Provide a main eld with graded earth track close to the main gym with

an asphalt-paved pathway connecting the eld to gym. The track and eld

areas shall be accessible by persons with disabilities. The main eld should

be able to accommodate soccer and football. Provide a nominal 400 meter

asphalt paved and curbed 6-lane track around the eld. The track shall

have positive drainage. Turf and irrigation design and installation will be

provided by APS consultant. Nighttime lighting is not required. Provide a

12’-0” wide gated opening for M&O access.

» Hard Surface Recreation Courts

» Provide concrete pads sized to accommodate six to eight basketball goals

on three to four high school standard sized courts (about 50 feet x 84 feet

each court with safety run-outs). Basketball goals shall be single curved

metal support standards with durable all weather metal backboards and all

weather extra heavy-duty metal hoops with metal nets. Locate the courts

so they are easily supervised and are accessible to PE classes and general

student lunch-time use. Provide a 12’-0” wide gated opening for M&O

access.

» Recreation Area Supervision

» Recreation areas shall be organized to minimize the number of supervisory

personnel required.

» Refer to General Concepts - Site Recreation for other requirements

Middle School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: K-8

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: K-8

Needs Analysis for Standards-Based K-8

» A utilization will be provided to the A/E by APS FD+C and Capital Master Plan (CMP)

prior to the design of each Project. The CMP utilization will dene the specic spaces

required for each project. The APS Standards will dene the square footage and character

requirements for each of the specied spaces.

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

General Classrooms

Pre-kindergarten w/ snack

area, restroom, and storage

2 1,200 2,400

Anticipated -

discuss preK

requirements

Kindergarten w/ snack area,

restroom, and storage

6 1,200 7,200

Teaching kitchen 1 640 640

Regular classrooms, grades

1 - 5

25 840 21,000

Regular classrooms, grades

6 - 8

20 840 16,800

6th grade is

a separarate

academy

SPED classrooms -- -- TBD

Include SPED

classrooms as

determined by

CMP. See SPED

program space

types listed in

the appendix.

Subtotal general classrooms 48,040

Laboratories / Flexible Learning Areas

Science laboratories, grades

6-8

6 1,250 7,500

Lab prep/storage 3 420 1,260

1 prep/storage

space is shared

per 2 labs.

STEAM / maker space, grades

1-5

2 1,200 2,400

Could be

analogue vs

digital or lower

vs older grades

Computer lab or STEAM lab,

grades 6-8

3 1,100 3,300

Computer/STEAM storage 3 150 450

Project based learning break-

out, large

4 840 3,360

Project based learning break-

out, medium

6 420 2,520

Project based learning break-

out, small

4 340 1,360

K-8

Section 06

Programmed Spaces:

K-8

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: K-8

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: K-8

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

FACS - Sewing 1 1,200 1,200

FACS = Family

and consumer

sciences

Sewing storage 1 175 175

Includes washer

and dryer

FACS - Culinary 1 1,200 1,200

Culinary storage/pantry 1 175 175

Subtotal laboratories 24,900

Fine + Performing Arts / Music

Fine Arts classroom, grades

1 - 5

1 900 900

Art kiln room 1 150 150

Art storage 1 150 150

Fine Arts classroom, grades

6 - 8

1 1,300 1,300

Art oce 1 120 120

Art kiln room 1 100 100

Art storage 1 200 200

Art multi-use space 1 1,300 1,300

Chorus 1 1,300 1,300

Chorus oce 1 120 120

Chorus storage 1 400 400

Band/Orchestra 1 2,070 2,070

Band/Orchestra oce 1 120 120

Band/Orchestra storage 1 500 500

Drama/Performance 1 1,100 1,100

Oce 1 120 120

Storage 1 500 500

Practice rooms (large) 2 100 200

Practice rooms

are shared

among chorus,

band, orchestra,

drama, and

performance.

Practice rooms (small) 3 50 150

Subtotal ne + performing

arts / music

10,800

Media Center

Entry / circulation desk 1 200 200

Stacks (preK - 2 books) 1 1,000 1,000

Stacks (grades 3 - 8) 1 1,700 1,700

Up to 50

occupants (2

classes)

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Story time area 1 450 450

Up to 30

occupants

Group study area 2 200 400

Computer research area 1 600 600

Space for 16

computers

Classroom area 2 750 1,500

Up to 30

occupants

Librarian's oce/workroom 1 300 300

Could be

combined or

separate spaces

Storage 1 200 200

Locate adjacent

to circulation

desk

Subtotal media center 6,350

Physical Education

Main gym 1 8,600 8,600

24' ceiling,

minimum.

Bleacher seating 1 incl. above incl. above

Main gym storage 1 600 600

Auxiliary gym 1 5,800 5,800

24' ceiling,

minimum.

Aux gym storage 1 300 300

Multi-purpose classroom 1 1,700 1,700

Could be used

for health class,

dance, weight,

or PE class. 12'

ceiling minimum.

Multi-purpose storage 1 200 200

PE Lockers - Boys 1 1,450 1,450

PE Lockers - Girls 1 1,450 1,450

PE Teachers' Oce 2 175 350

PE oces include

a restroom

Snack bar 1 170 170

Subtotal physical education 20,620

OT/PT and Adaptive PE (APE)

OT/PT and APE 1 500 500

Assumes

non-hub. See

appendix for

additional

information.

Therapy space storage 1 90 90

K-8

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: K-8

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: K-8

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Oce hub 1 120 120

(2) shared

workstations

at 60 SF

each. Shared

workstations

accommodate

social workers,

speech language

pathologists,

occupational

therapists,

physical

therapists, and

APE teachers).

See appendix for

more info

Student meeting room 1 130 130

Provide girls,

boys, and family

restrooms

Subtotal OT/PT and APE 840

Cafeteria/Kitchen

Seating area, including serving

line

1 4,600 4,600

Accommodate

school

population

within 3 lunch

periods per day,

maximum.

Serving line 1 incl. above incl. above

After school milk cooler and

milk dump

1 incl. above incl. above

Cafeteria storage 1 280 280

Performance stage / platform 1 800 800

Could be located

with drama/ne

arts instead of

cafeteria

Snack bar 1 250 250

Kitchen 1 see below see below

Main prep, cooking, serving

area

1 1,365 1,365

Cleaning 1 250 250

Walk-in refrigerator 1 225 225

Walk-in freezer 1 225 225

Dry storage 1 325 325

Oce 1 100 100

Restroom 1 50 50

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Washer/dryer and sta lockers 1 80 80

Provide 10

lockers

Kitchen janitor closet 1 50 50

Deliveries 1 incl w tare incl w tare

Subtotal cafeteria/kitchen 8,600

Administration

Secure entry vestibule 1 200 200

Waiting/reception 1 300 300

Accommodate

up to 16 people

Receptionist/clerk 1 250 250

Secretary 1 160 160

Principal 1 150 150

Assistant principal 2 120 240

Conference room 1 240 240

Accommodate

up to 14 people

File/storage/coee 1 160 160

Admin work area 1 150 150

Subtotal administration 1,850

Sta / Teacher Support

Teachers' workroom 2 850 1,700

Teachers' workroom storage 1 200 200

Teachers' lounge 2 850 1,700

Work area 1 180 180

Mailboxes 1 175 175

Book storage 1 400 400

Family room (parents' room) 1 600 600

Adult restrooms 2 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Subtotal sta/teacher support 4,955

School Nurse's Suite

Waiting area 1 175 175

Treatment room 1 250 250

Locate half of

required cots in

the treatment

room

Recovery/isolation room 1 180 180

Locate half of

required cots in

the recovery/

isolation room

Restroom 1 80 80

Nurse's oce 1 120 120

Health assistant work area 1 100 100

Storage 1 50 50

K-8

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: K-8

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: K-8

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Subtotal school nurse's suite 955

Counseling Area

Secretary with waiting area 1 200 200

Counselor oce 3 150 450

Head SPED oce 1 150 150

Instruction coach oce 1 150 150

Evaluation and testing 1 120 120

Conference/IEP room 1 240 240

File storage 1 150 150

Subtotal counseling area 1,460

Programmed Facilities Support

In-School Suspension / TIPS 1 650 650

Security oce 1 150 150

Lobby / pre-function area 1 800 800

Allocate

judiciously

where needed

to improve

circulation

and ow. Does

not have to

be a singular,

separate space.

General / building storage 2 200 400

Could be

multiple spaces

totaling 200 SF

maximum

School store 1 240 240

Lockers / cubbies 1 600 600

Testing materials storage 1 600 600

Technology storage 1 120 120

MDF 1 168 168 12'x14'

IDF 7 120 840 10'x12'

Head custodian oce 1 80 80

Custodial supplies and site

equipment

7 40 280

Subtotal facilities support 4,928

PreK - 8 School Facility Space Summary

General Classrooms 48,040

Laboratories / Flexible

Learning Areas

24,900

Fine + Performing Arts / Music 10,800

Media Center 6,350

Physical Education 20,620

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

OT/PT and Adaptive PE (APE) 840

Cafeteria/Kitchen 8,600

Administration 1,850

Sta / Teacher Support 4,955

School Nurse's Suite 955

Counseling Area 1,460

Programmed Facilities

Support

4,928

Subtotal preK - 8 school NSF 134,298

30% Tare (70% Eciency) 57,556

Total PreK - 8 School GSF 191,854

PreK - 8 School Site

Requirements

Quantity SF GSF

Students 1,340

Sta xx

Permanent Buildings 1 191,854 191,854

Assumes

single story

construction

Portable Buildings (if required) 8 1,800 14,400

Sta and visitor parking

spaces

240 400 96,000

Special event parking 0 N/A N/A

Bus parking 22 765 16,830

45' x 17' per

space

Cars at student drop-o/pick-

200 400 80,000

PreK and kindergarten

playground

1 13,225 13,225

Approximately

115 students

Playground grades 1 - 3 1 30,500 30,500

Approximately

305 students

Playground grades 4 - 5 1 23,000 23,000

Approximately

230 students

Synthetic turf eld 1 54,100 54,100

Natural grass eld with track 1 73,800 73,800

Outdoor learning area 2 12,100 24,200 With shade

Basketball courts 4 4,200 16,800

K-8

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: K-8

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: K-8

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Easements / setbacks (typical) 1 40,000 40,000

Subtotal preK - 8 school site 674,709

30% Tare (70% Eciency) 289,161

Total PreK - 8 School Site GSF 963,870

1 acre = 43,560

Total PreK - 8 School Site Acres 22.1

1 acre = 43,560

K-8

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Needs Analysis for Standards-Based High Schools

» A utilization will be provided to the A/E by APS FD+C and Capital Master Plan (CMP)

prior to the design of each Project. The CMP utilization will dene the specic spaces

required for each project. The APS Standards will dene the square footage and character

requirements for each of the specied spaces.

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Main Entry and Central Administration

Secure entry

vestibule

1 200 200

Waiting /

reception /

counter

1 635 635

Registrar / data

processing

1 230 230

Book keeper 1 120 120

Attendance oce 1 120 120

Open oce work

area

1 450 450

Admin work room 1 220 220

Coee / break bar 1 45 45

Conference room 1 240 240

Mail 1 420 420

Test preparation

room

1 300 300

File room 1 100 100

Vault 1 75 75

Admin storage 1 500 500

Principal oce 1 220 220

Principal secretary

oce

1 120 120

Principal restroom 1 65 65

School store 1 240 240

Could be located

near the cafeteria

or other common

area

In-School

suspension room

1 840 840

Subtotal main

entry and central

admin

5,140

Security Suite

Oce 1 220 220

APS police 1 120 120

High School

Section 07

Programmed Spaces:

High Schools

100

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

101

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Delinquent hold

room

1 90 90

CCTV monitoring

room

1 120 120

CCTV equipment

room

1 90 90

Subtotal security

suite

640

Family Center / Parent Room

Work area 1 580 580

Oces 2 100 200

Break area 1 170 170

Storage 1 50 50

Restroom 1 65 65

Subtotal family

center / parent

room

1,065

Student Activities Center

Activities room 1 840 840

May include

overhead roll-up

counter door.

Activities director

oce

1 120 120

Subtotal activities

center

960

School Nurse's Suite

Waiting area 1 540 540

Accommodate 6

to 10 seats

Treatment room 1 330 330

Locate half of

required cots in

the treatment

room

Recovery/isolation

room

1 225 225

Locate half of

required cots in

the recovery/

isolation room

Restroom 2 65 130

Special needs

changing room

1 100 100

Includes washer,

dryer, and

changing table

Nurse's oce 2 120 240

Health assistant

work area

1 100 100

Open workstation

at reception

counter

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Vision screening 1 125 125

Verify distance

requirements

File room 1 100 100

Verify need;

Records are

converting to

electronic

Storage 1 360 360

Subtotal school

nurse's suite

2,250

Counseling Area

Secretary with

waiting area

1 200 200

Counselor oce 5 150 750

Oces may be

distributed among

the Academies or

may be centrally

located. Includes

College and

Career counselor

and Cross-roads

counselor.

Social worker 0 150 0

Allocated with OT/

Psychologist 0 150 0

Allocated with OT/

Speech and

Language

Pathologist

0 150 0

Allocated with OT/

Head SPED oce 1 150 150

Transition

specialist

1 150 150

Instruction coach

oce

1 150 150

Evaluation and

testing

1 120 120

Conference/IEP

room

1 240 240

File storage 1 150 150

Career exploration

center

1 320 320

High School

102

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

103

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Wellness Room 1 840 840

Could be located

in proximity to

other common

use areas, such as

the media center

or the health

center.

Subtotal

counseling area

3,070

Academy Spaces

Lobby / waiting 1 350 350

Accommodate 6

seats

Secretary /

reception / work

station

1 100 100

Dean / assistant

principal

1 150 150

Academy records 1 125 125

Ancillary oce 1 120 120

Sta / adult

restrooms

2 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Conference 1 240 240

Accommodate 14

seats

Academy storage 1 185 185

General classroom 4 840 3,360

Science classroom

/ laboratory

2 1,250 2,500

Science prep /

storage

1 420 420

Project studio 1 1,360 1,360

Student team area 1 300 300

Conference /

seminar room

1 840 840

Teacher home

base

3 600 1,800

Teacher work

room

3 275 825

Teacher Lounge 3 840 2,520

Teacher restrooms 2 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Student lockers 150 5 750

Student restrooms 2 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Academy dining

commons

1 2,000 2,000

Size for 15 SF

per student.

Coordinate total

area required with

main cafeteria

Warming kitchen 2 230 460

Serving area(s) 2 220 440

Student restrooms 2 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Storage 1 225 225

Adjacent to dining

commons

Custodial closet 1 60 60

Subtotal academy

spaces

19,130

Laboratories / Flexible Learning Areas

Computer, STEAM,

or Technology

Education Lab

1 1,100 1,100

Storage 1 150 150

Tiered lecture 1 2,290 2,290

Capacity to seat

small learning

community

Greenhouse 1 960 960

Sandia HS

greenhouse = 40'

x 24'

Student senate /

gov't activities

1 1,200 1,200

FACS - culinary arts

classroom / cafe

1 965 965

Commercial lab

area

1 575 575

Kitchenette area 1 965 965

Laundry area 1 105 105

Pantry / storage 1 100 100

FACS - sewing /

fashion lab

1 840 840

Fitting areas 2 60 120

Laundry area 1 60 60

Storage 1 60 60

Oce 1 120 120

Child

development lab

1 900 900

Observation area 2 60 120

Snack area 1 60 60

Student restrooms 1 65 65

High School

104

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

105

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Adult restroom 1 65 65

Health occupation

classroom

1 840 840

Lab area 1 600 600

Storage 1 60 60

Business

education lab

1 1,200 1,200

Wood Shop 1 2,400 2,400

Classroom 1 600 600

Classroom can be

shared with other

shops

Oce 1 120 120

Storage 2 400 800

Tools and project

storage

Finish area 1 220 220

Metals Shop 1 3,000 3,000

Classroom 1 600 600

Classroom can be

shared with other

shops

Oce 1 120 120

Storage 1 1,200 1,200

Welding room 1 540 540

Transportation

technology shop

1 3,300 3,300

Includes bench

area (about 900

SF)

Classroom 1 600 600

Classroom can be

shared with other

shops

Oce 1 120 120

Tools 2 180 360

Storage 2 130 260

Subtotal

laboratories/ex

learning

27,760

Fine Arts

2D Studio

Classroom

1 1,300 1,300

2D Storage 1 265 265

2D Oce 1 120 120

Provide visual

supervision of the

classroom from

the oce.

3D Studio 1 1,325 1,325

3D Storage 1 360 360

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

3D Oce 1 120 120

Provide visual

supervision of the

classroom from

the oce.

3D Kiln room 1 150 150

3D drying room 1 150 150

Computer

graphics / editing

studio

1 1,100 1,100

Graphics storage 1 150 150

Graphics oce 1 120 120

Provide visual

supervision of the

classroom from

the oce.

Film studio 1 1,935 1,935

Sound recording /

control room

1 120 120

Whisper room 1 70 70

Vestibule 1 140 140

Storage 1 250 250

Photography

classroom

1 785 785

Darkroom /

nishing

1 720 720

Photography

storage

1 120 120

Photography

oce

1 120 120

Provide visual

supervision of the

classroom from

the oce.

Subtotal ne arts 9,420

Music

Band Classroom 1 2,345 2,345

Ceiling shall be

approximately 18'

high. Walls need

chair rails.

Instrument

storage

1 525 525

Instrument

workroom

1 110 110

Can be combined

with instrument

storage

Percussion storage 1 230 230

Uniform storage 1 310 310

High School

106

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

107

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Practice rooms -

large

2 310 620

Provide visual

supervision from

main space

Practice rooms -

small

4 55 220

Provide visual

supervision from

main space

Library 1 135 135

Sound control

room

1 200 200

Oce 1 120 120

Provide visual

supervision of the

classroom from

the oce.

Orchestra 1 1,185 1,185

Ceiling shall be

approximately 18'

high. Walls need

chair rails.

High strings

storage

1 280 280

For violins and

violas

Low strings

storage

1 230 230

For cellos and

bases

Practice rooms -

large

1 250 250

Provide visual

supervision from

main space

Practice rooms -

small

2 55 110

Provide visual

supervision from

main space

Library 1 260 260

Listening room 1 145 145

Oce 1 120 120

Provide visual

supervision of the

classroom from

the oce.

Chorus 1 1,560 1,560

Ceiling shall be

approximately 18'

high. Walls need

chair rails.

Large storage 1 390 390

Small storage 1 80 80

Practice room 1 165 165

Provide visual

supervision from

main space

Practice room w/

piano

1 235 235

Provide visual

supervision from

main space

Library 1 130 130

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Oce 1 120 120

Provide visual

supervision of the

classroom from

the oce.

Subtotal ne arts 10,075

"Performing Arts Center (PAC)

and Black Box"

Entrance / Pre-

Function

- - -

Entry vestibule 1 280 280

Lobby 1 2,320 2,320

Ticket window 1 120 120

Can be combined

with coats

Coat window 1 120 120

Can be combined

with tickets

Concessions 1 400 400

Public toilets

(multi-stall)

2 300 600

Public toilets /

family restroom

2 65 130 Single occupant

Theater - - -

Seating 1 5,160 5,160

450 seatings

(including

mezzanine

seating)

Orchestra pit 1 550 550

Include piano

storage

Stage, including

backstage

1 2,900 2,900

Include

proscenium arch

with apron

Controls / AV

room

1 620 620

Drama classroom /

green room

1 1,000 1,000

Oce 0 120 0

Oce not

required

Dressing room 2 240 480

Consider 2

additional

dressing rooms for

adults

Dressing room

toilet

2 65 130

Make-up room 2 200 400

Wardrobe /

costume storage

1 265 265

Include washer

and dryer

High School

108

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

109

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Set-building /

work area

1 2,000 2,000

Storage 1 incl. w/ above incl. w/ above

Receiving 1 incl. w/ above incl. w/ above

Included in the

work area. Share

the receiving area

between the PAC

and the black box.

Mechanical 1 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Electrical 1 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Communications 1 incl. w/ tare incl. w/ tare

Black Box - - -

Pre-function /

lobby

1 Incl. w/ PAC Incl. w/ PAC

Share pre-function

/ lobby with PAC

Public restrooms 2 Incl. w/ PAC Incl. w/ PAC

Share with PAC

restrooms. If black

box is located in

a separate facility,

then provide 2

restrooms at 200

NSF each.

Staging / set - up 1 Incl. w/ PAC Incl. w/ PAC

Share with PAC

work area. If black

box is located in

a separate facility,

then provide 200

NSF.

Theater 1 2,360 2,360

Rectangular space

with recessed

wood stage

oor (may have

concrete border).

Provide space for

portable risers to

accommodate 70

to 100 seats.

Equipment

storage

1 225 225

For storage of

portable risers,

chairs, and other

equipment.

Subtotal PAC and

black box

20,060

Media Center

Entry / circulation

desk

1 290 290

Include 2 - 3

workstations and

countertop layout

area

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Circulation storage 1 55 55

Stacks 1 1,780 1,780

Accommodate

about 18,000

volumes. Provide

daylight. Window

sill height 48"

minimum AFF to

allow for shelving

below.

Computer area /

study tables

1 1,370 1,370

Space for 36 seats,

minimum. Provide

sound system and

projector/screen

or other digital

presentation

board.

Computer

research area

1 450 450

Space for 16

computers

Reading alcoves 1 530 530

Soft seating area,

about 25 seats

Periodicals 1 48 48 48 linear feet

Student copiers 1 75 75 1 or 2 copiers

Search computer 1 75 75

1 dedicated

computer

Librarian's oce 1 170 170

Work room 1 275 275

Includes

kitchenette

Computer lab or

STEAM / ex lab

2 1,250 2,500

Classroom

- seminar /

conference

1 840 840

Classroom

- graphic

production

1 480 480

Lab - graphic

production

1 250 250

Storage - graphic

production

1 110 110

For shelved items

and carts. Provide

power and data.

Professional room 1 440 440

High School

110

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

111

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Book room 1 1,830 1,830

Does not need to

be associated with

the media center.

Could be located

with central

administration.

Equipment

storage

1 745 745

Includes IT / AV

storage

Public toilets 2 230 460

Also provide

convenient access

to student toilets

from the media

center

Subtotal media

center

12,773

Physical Education

Lobby / pre-

function

1 3,000 3,000

Assume 400

occupants at 7.5

SF per occupant

Ticket sales 1 100 100

Snack bar 1 340 340

Dry storage 1 120 120

Service area 1 120 120

Include 3

compartment sink

and mop sink

Restrooms - - -

Public restrooms

(women/men)

4 300 1,200

Multi-stall

restrooms

Public restrooms

(family)

1 65 65 Single occupant

Student restrooms

(girls/boys)

2 300 600

Multi-stall

restrooms

Main gym 1 12,210 12,210

Bleacher seating 1 incl. above incl. above

Main gym storage 2 315 630

1 storage room is

for competition

wrestling mats,

and the other

storage area is for

tables, chairs, and

equipment.

Main gym AV

room

1 75 75

Auxiliary gym 1 9,355 9,355

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Aux gym storage 1 300 300

For athletic

equipment and

folding chairs

Aux gym AV room 1 40 40

Could be

combined with

main gym AV

room

Multi-purpose

mezzanine

1 2,790 2,790

Multi-purpose

mezzanine storage

2 250 500

For ping-pong

tables and other

multi-purpose

mezzanine

equipment

Adaptive PE

mezzanine

1 3,310 3,310

Adaptive PE oce 1 120 120

Adaptive PE

storage

1 130 130

PE Classroom 2 600 1,200

Can be combined

into 1 large

classroom

PE classroom

storage

1 200 200

Multi-purpose

classroom #1

1 1,850 1,850 For PE studio

Oce 1 120 120

Dressing rooms 2 75 150

Storage 1 150 150

Multi-purpose

classroom #2

1 3,500 3,500

For cheer, dance,

etc

Oce 1 120 120

Dressing rooms 2 75 150

Storage 1 150 150

Weight room 1 3,875 3,875

Oce 1 120 120

Circuit training

area

1 1,260 1,260

Storage 1 100 100

Wrestling Room 1 4,270 4,270

Includes area

for stationary

bikes and similar

equipment

Oce 1 120 120

Student showers 2 85 170

High School

112

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

113

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Coach's shower 1 85 85

Wrestling storage 1 200 200

For general

wrestling storage

(not mats)

Training Room 1 840 840

Includes

equipment, rst

aid, and treatment

areas

Oce 1 120 120

Therapy pool area 1 345 345

Restroom 1 65 65

Storage 1 120 120

Ice and laundry

room

1 150 150

Provide residential

style washers and

dryers

Athletic director's

oce

1 150 150

Athletic director

storage

1 75 75

PE teacher's oces 2 120 240

Locate near PE

locker rooms

PE teacher

restroom

2 75 150

PE teacher storage 2 100 200

Open oce area 1 900 900

For athletic

coaches. Assume

60 NSF per

workstation.

Verify quantity

of required

workstations

during

programming

phase.

Huddle room 1 120 120

Additional huddle

rooms may be

recommended

based on

quantity of open

workstations

required.

Conference room 1 240 240

Restrooms 2 65 130

PE locker rooms

(girls/boys)

2 2,945 5,890

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

PE storage

(interior)

1 200 200

PE storage

(exterior)

1 150 150

Athletic locker

rooms (girls/boys)

2 2,775 5,550

Athletic storage A 10 200 2,000

Athletic storage B 1 620 620

For football

equipment

Referee locker

room

1 210 210

Referee restrooms

(women/men)

2 125 250

Includes shower

and lockers

Janitor closet 2 100 200

Mechanical 1 2,535 2,535 Utility SF may vary

Electrical 1 525 525 Utility SF may vary

Communications 1 165 165 Utility SF may vary

JROTC - - -

Multi-purpose

area

1 2,600 2,600

Could be located

in Business +

Leadership

Academy. Includes

air rie ring

range; verify

length/width

requirements for

ring lanes.

Classroom 2 600 1,200

Oces 2 120 240

Air rie storage 1 175 175

Drill storage 1 175 175

Uniform storage 1 250 250

Includes laundry

area

Training aid

storage

1 200 200

Restrooms (girls/

boys/sta)

3 65 195

Subtotal physical

education

74,935

OT/PT and Adaptive PE (APE)

OT/PT and APE 1 840 840

Assumes non-hub.

See appendix

for additional

information.

High School

114

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

115

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Therapy space

storage

1 90 90

Oce hub 1 240 240

(2) shared

workstations at 60

SF each. Shared

workstations

accommodate

social workers,

speech language

pathologists,

occupational

therapists,

physical

therapists, and

APE teachers). See

appendix for more

info

Student meeting

room

2 130 260

Provide girls,

boys, and family

restrooms

Subtotal OT/PT

and APE

1,430

Cafeteria/Kitchen (aka Food Service)

Dining commons,

including serving

line

400 15 6,000

Size for 15 sf/

student minimum.

Accommodate

school population

within 3 lunch

periods per day,

maximum.

Serving line 2 150 300

After school milk

cooler and milk

dump

1 incl. above incl. above

Cafeteria storage 1 280 280

Kitchen 1 see below see below

Main prep,

cooking, serving

area

1 1,375 1,375

Dish-washing/

cleaning

1 250 250

Walk-in

refrigerator

1 225 225

Walk-in freezer 1 225 225

Dry storage 1 325 325

Oce 1 100 100

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Restroom 1 65 65

Washer/dryer and

sta lockers

1 80 80 Provide 10 lockers

Kitchen janitor

closet

1 70 70

Deliveries 1 incl w tare incl w tare

Student restrooms 2 incl w tare incl w tare

Subtotal cafeteria/

kitchen

9,295

Snack Bars (including DECA)

Concessions 1 435 435

Size for 15 sf/

student minimum.

Accommodate

school population

within 3 lunch

periods per day,

maximum.

Work room 1 150 150

Storage 1 90 90

Classroom (DECA

only)

1 840 840

Subtotal snack

bars (each)

1,515

Programmed Facilities Support

Lobby / pre-

function area

1 800 800

Allocate

judiciously

where needed

to improve

circulation and

ow. Does not

have to be a

singular, separate

space.

General / building

storage

2 200 400

Could be multiple

spaces totaling

200 SF maximum

Lockers / cubbies 0 0 0

Allocated in

academy areas

Testing materials

storage

1 600 600

Technology

storage

1 120 120

MDF 1 168 168 12'x14'

IDF 7 120 840 10'x12'

High School

116

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

117

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Head custodian

oce

1 120 120

Custodial

supplies and site

equipment

7 40 280

SF may be

distributed or

combined into

fewer spaces.

Subtotal facilities

support

3,328

High School Facility Space Summary

Main Entry

and Central

Administration

5,140

Security Suite 640

Family Center /

Parent Room

1,065

Student Activities

Center

960

School Nurse's

Suite

2,250

Counseling Area 3,070

Academy Spaces 19,130

Laboratories /

Flexible Learning

Areas

27,760

Fine Arts 9,420

Music 10,075

"Performing Arts

Center (PAC)

and Black Box"

20,060

Media Center 12,773

Physical Education 74,935

OT/PT and

Adaptive PE (APE)

1,430

Cafeteria/Kitchen

(aka Food Service)

9,295

Snack Bars

(including DECA)

1,515

Programmed

Facilities Support

3,328

Subtotal high

school NSF

202,846

30% Tare (70%

Eciency)

86,934

Total High School

GSF

289,780

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

High School Site

Requirements

Quantity SF GSF

Students TBD

Sta TBD

Permanent

Buildings

1 289,780 289,780

Assumes single

story construction

Portable Buildings

(if required)

8 1,800 14,400

Sta and visitor

parking spaces

250 400 100,000

Student parking 900 400 360,000

Special event

parking

0 N/A N/A

Bus parking 33 765 25,245 45' x 17' per space

Cars at student

drop-o/pick-up

75 400 30,000

Track and eld 1 200,000 200,000

Playeld and track

dimensions per

Site Recreation

section of these

standards

and NFHS

requirements

Field 1 incl. above incl. above

Track 1 incl. above incl. above

Pole vault pit 1 incl. above incl. above

Long jump pit 1 incl. above incl. above

Shot put and

other events

1 incl. above incl. above

Bleachers 2 incl. above incl. above

Press box 1 200 200

Football storage 1 400 400

Track storage 1 300 300

Auxiliary eld 1 64,350 64,350

Soccer storage 1 400 400

Bleachers 2 incl. above incl. above

Baseball eld 1 150,000 150,000

Dugout 2 200 400

Baseball storage 1 400 400

Backstop 1 incl. above incl. above

Batting cage 1 incl. above incl. above

Bleachers 2 incl. above incl. above

Softball eld 1 70,000 70,000

High School

118

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

119

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Space Description # Spaces NSF per Space Total NSF Comments

Dugout 2 200 400

Softball storage 1 400 400

Backstop 1 incl. above incl. above

Batting cage 1 incl. above incl. above

Bleachers 2 incl. above incl. above

Basketball courts 2 3,750 7,500 50 FT x 75 FT each

Tennis courts 4 7,200 28,800

60 FT x 120 FT

each

Tennis storage 1 100 100

Concession stand 1 200 200

Toilets 2 300 600

Easements /

setbacks (typical)

1 40,000 40,000

Subtotal high

school site

1,383,875

30% Tare (70%

Eciency)

593,089

Total High School

Site GSF

1,976,964 1 acre = 43,560 SF

Total High School

Site Acres

46 1 acre = 43,560 SF

Organizational Structure Into Academies And Small Learning

Communities (SLC’s)

» High Schools are comprised of several Academies.

» Academies are comprised of several of Small Learning Communities (SLC’s).

» Most teachers will not have assigned classrooms, but will teach in a collegiate model, with

the Home Base serving as an oce and professional collaboration area.

» APS High School - Typical Size

Academies

» APS Standard high schools will include:

» One 9th grade academy

» Up to four upper grade academies

» Space for a future expansion academy to accommodate growth

» The upper grade academies will generally be organized by career or academic focus, with

each academy oering multiple related career paths. Each upper grade academy shall be

sized for between 120 and 600 students.

» Ninth Grade Academy

» The ninth grade academy will serve approximately 600 to 750 students, and will:

» Be physically separated from other academies to the extent practical.

» Have its own administration and dining areas.

» Facilitate student circulation from their academy to the media center,

gymnasium, administration, dining, and transportation without navigating

through large groups of upper grade students.

» Upper grade career academies integrate academic and vocational instruction for grades

10, 11, and 12. These academies will:

» Provide work-based learning opportunities for students and prepare students

for post–secondary education and employment, with the personalized learning

environment of a small community.

» Have separate administration areas that are adequately staed.

» Be exible over time to meet the career ambitions of the students and the

cultural requirements of the community.

» Have dedicated elective labs and technology shops. Labs may be used for

computer or other hands-on learning, such as robotics. Technology shops will

provide an industrial setting to accommodate the use of heavy machinery or

loud activities.

» Career Academy Precedents:

» Instructional spaces should reect the career environments of the program of study.

» The following upper grade career academies / Programs of Study are oered at many

APS high schools:

» Audio and Video Technology and Film

» Construction Technologies

» Design/Pre-Construction: Architecture and/or Engineering

» Education and Training

» Facility and Mobile Equipment Maintenance (Automotive Technologies)

» General Business

» Health Informatics

» Production (Welding)

» Restaurant and Food/Beverage Services

Small Learning Communities (SLC’s)

» Academies will be organized into smaller groups of students, called Small Learning

Communities (SLC’s). Each SLC will be a separate learning unit, comprised of about 120

to 150 students. Students and teachers within each SLC will be scheduled together and

have a dedicated area in the school for conducting most of their classes. Students also

High School

120

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

121

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

attend some classes outside of their SLC’s. The 9th grade academy may have up to 5

SLC’s.

» Areas included within all SLC’s:

» Core classrooms for English, math, science and humanities.

» Elective classrooms and technology shops to support evolving curriculum.

» SPED program space.

» Sta areas: home base (preparation area), workroom, and conference room.

Several SLC’s may share a sta work room and conference room.

» Restrooms and (if desired) student lockers.

» Informal space for student teams, projects and resources.

Secure Entry Vestibule

» Provide single-point entry into the school that can be supervised from the central

administration area and by APS Police. See “Safety/Security” in the General Section.

» The high school campus may include several buildings, parking lots and joint use

facilities. Develop a security strategy which addresses student and sta safety and allows

the administration to control public access to the campus during the instructional day.

Central Administration

» All school visitors must enter through the school’s central administration.

» Visibility and way nding are important to and from this area.

» In addition to the central administration area, each Academy shall also house its own

administrative functions. The space descriptions below are for the central administration

area.

» The lobby shall provide the entry experience into the school. Include:

» 1 display case somewhere in or near the lobby. The display case shall be

approximately 16’ wide x 5’ high x 2’ deep. The display case shall have safety

glass doors and shelving, illumination, and shall be lockable.

» Provisions (backing, power, and data) for mounting a at screen in the

lobby for announcements.

» Provide a waiting area in or adjacent to the lobby with space for seating 12

to 16 people as well as space for tables for registration.

» Reception area:

» Provide a built-in reception counter with 3 workstations for visitor/public

sign-in and information. The reception counter shall have visual control

of the school’s main security vestibule entrance and be capable of being

secured with a grille or doors after-hours.

» The reception counter shall be about 20 LF, with base casework and

pedestal units to separate the 3 workstations. Counter height for visitors

shall be 42”, except where variation is required for ADA.

» Include the re annunciation panel, accessible to the re department, in

the reception area.

» In addition to the workstations at the reception counter, provide space

for 2 open oce workstations for reception sta to operate the phones,

intercom, and support the school administration. Each workstation shall be

about 8’ x 8’. Provide space for (4) wardrobe cabinets for sta in the open

oce area (wardrobes are approximately 18”W, 84”H, 24”D).

» Attendance oce, Bookkeeper’s oce, and Registrar’s oce/Data Processing:

» Locate these oces adjacent to the reception area. The reception counter

shall serve as the contact point for these oces.

» Principal’s oce:

» Requires 2 exit paths out of the oce, and a dedicated restroom. Include

space for a desk, credenza, and table with 4 chairs.

» Principal’s Secretary:

» Provide a work area adjacent to the principal’s oce for the principal’s

secretary. The secretary’s work area may be an open oce work area.

» The vault is secure storage for the school. Locate the vault close to the principal

and bookkeeper. The vault requires secure construction of reinforced masonry

walls, or drywall with steel mesh. Extend vault walls full height to bottom of

structure above and provide a hollow metal steel vault door with security quality

lockset.

» The administration workroom includes copiers, Gestetner machine(s), form

storage, and (1) clerk workstation. Provide (6) 36” wide, 34” high, 24” deep base

storage cabinets with shelves, and (6) 36” wide, 24” high, 15” deep open shelf

upper cabinets. The head-end console for the PA system can be located in this

room (console is approximately 24” x 24”).

» The coee bar shall include (1) 24” deep ADA sink base unit with (1) 12” x 12” x 8”

deep stainless steel sink with goose-neck lever faucet, (1) 24” 4-drawer base unit,

(2) 30” lockable storage base units with shelves and (1) white, 18 cubic FT Energy

Star refrigerator with ice maker. Provide above counter power for the coee

maker and a microwave. Provide space for a 30” x 60” table near the coee bar.

» The administrative conference room may be used by various school groups, and

shall have space for a table with seating for 12-14 people. Provide casework. Base

casework shall be approximately 2’ deep x 7’ long. Integrate 1 ADA sink and 1

under-counter refrigerator into the casework. Provide matching lockable upper

cabinets (1’ deep x 2’ high). Sink basin shall be stainless steel, approximately 14” x

16” x 6” deep, with goose-neck lever handle faucet.

» Mail room: Option A) Provide a central Mail Room in the central administration

area with letter slots (minimum 10” wide x 13” deep x 6” high) for each sta

member above a continuous countertop, with open base cabinets or cubbies

below for larger items. Option B) Provide separate mail rooms in each academy.

» The Test Preparation Room is for receiving, organizing and delivering test

materials to teachers. This room must be secure and lockable. Provide (2) power

and data outlet locations, (1) 12’ whiteboard, and (1) 4’ tackboard.

» Locate the le/storage area adjacent to, and monitored from, the main oce

portion of administration. Include (2) 48” wide x 84” high x 24” deep lockable

cabinets. Allocate space for 8 le cabinets and 1 table (provided by owner).

» Locate the Parent Room/Family Center in or near the central administration area,

or other area that can be monitored and is appropriate for community access.

Provide data and power.

» The Career Exploration Center is for informal counseling, prospective employer

meetings, college recruitment, and information distribution to students about

potential career and higher education choices. The Career Exploration Center

may include a staed workstation. The area may be subdivided into meeting and

oce space. Provide space for shelving for printed material/resources.

» Provide student access to computers (i.e. for applications, FAFSA work, etc.).

» Provide an In-School Suspension Room (ISS), outtted as for a core classroom.

Locate the In-School Suspension Room adjacent to the security suite (see

High School

122

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

123

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

description below) or combine with the APS Security Oce. In-School

Suspension is supervised by APS Police (provide a window between the two). If

construction is phased, then provide temporary accommodations for the in-

school suspension room in the rst phase.

» Provide a security suite. Locate the suite in or adjacent to the central

administration oce. Include an oce for APS Police and another oce for

security personnel. Include a Delinquent Hold Room for suspects awaiting intake

by APD (access separate from main circulation, with exterior access for APD

desirable), an oce for the CCTV security system monitors with an observation

station, and a CCTV equipment room with 24/7 HVAC split system (as for MDF

and IDF). Provide a window to view the In-School Suspension Room. Provide a

mirrored window in the CCTV monitoring oce into the Police/CSA oce for

monitoring purposes.

Special Education Center

» Refer to the Appendix B for special education requirements.

Media Center

» The Media Center (also known as the Library or the Learning Resource Center) shall be

centrally located within the main building and on a major circulation route, and able to

accommodate 10% – 15% of the student body in the main space.

» If there is a mezzanine, no student areas will be located on the second oor/mezzanine.

» Entry / Circulation Desk

» The main entrance to the Media Center may be either from the interior or exterior.

» Include display cases and tack boards at the entry area. Display cases may be

used for showing items available from the student store.

» Provide a circulation desk with visual supervision of the main entrance, as well as the

main library area.

» Locate circulation desk near the library oce.

» The circulation desk should be a maximum of 40 LF to include countertop/base

cabinets with up to 3 built-in workstations.

» Powered portion of the circulation desk will be built-in casework (to be in GC

contract) and the remaining of the circulation desk can be mobile furniture

pieces (in the F&E package). Provide power and data outlets at a built-in section

of the circulation desk. A pony wall may be provided with power and data for the

mobile section(s) of the circulation desk. No oor boxes.

» Provide space for at least 6 book trucks and book drop-o unit at the circulation

desk. Allow the book drop location to be exible. Consider an exterior wall book

drop-o.

» Provide a storage area with cubbies for student backpacks, near the circulation desk.

» Provide a secondary exit from the Media Center visible from the circulation desk.

» Provide a storage room adjacent to the circulation desk to contain 12” and 18” deep

metal shelving units and storage for technology.

» Provide convenient access to student and sta restrooms from the media center.

» Collections / Reference Area (Stacks) / Main Library Space

» Design the space to allow for dierent furniture arrangements and programs to occur

simultaneously.

» Accommodate reference materials including books, maps, atlases, globes and other

items. In general, the reference collection is migrating towards electronic formats.

» Provide space for 4’ high book stacks in the collections area, with 6’ high stacks at

perimeter walls. (Intent is to allow for visual supervision.) APS F&E to provide both mobile

and wall stacks/shelving.

» Pony walls with power and data may be desirable to accommodate furniture

arrangements; avoid oor receptacles.

» Provide a tack board, magnetic whiteboard and/or wall display areas.

» Provide a classroom area within the main library area. Include space for tables and

chairs to accommodate 36 students (minimum) and an instructor’s station (on which a

document camera may be located). Provide a 12’ whiteboard anked by 4’ tack boards,

and interactive at screen display.

» Provide a computer area within the main library area to accommodate 8 computer

stations (minimum).

» Provide space for a social area to accommodate owner provided mix of tables and soft

seating with visual sight lines from all areas of the library.

» Provide space for approximately 140 seats-- which may be a combination of tables and

chairs for up to 4 classes, and soft seating.

» Provide power and data on all walls.

» Libraries need as much power and Internet access as possible.

» Provide exible access to power. Power columns and poles are not allowed.

» Provide desks with cable management.

» Storage and charging phones.

» Provide tech storage needs with power for charging up to 30 units.

» Provide charging walls for personal devices and exibility to change device

cords. Coordinate with the APS Sta Architect and APS FF+E. Owner may

provide furniture that facilitates charging. Provide a device charging system

so that school sta is not responsible for the phones.

» Provide daylight. Window sill height at most windows shall be 65” above oor to allow for

shelving below windows. Provide electronically operated window coverings/treatment

for shading and lockdown.

» Provide a sound system, projector, and projection screen. Coordinate requirements with

APS IT through the FD+C sta architect.

» Provide the ability to darken space for audio/visual use.

» Provide individually controlled lighting banks to allow darkening of teaching areas.

» Librarian’s Oce/Work Room

» Locate the librarian’s oce adjacent to the circulation desk.

» The librarian’s oce shall include a work counter with base and upper cabinets along one

wall.

» Provide space for 1 workstation, 2 side chairs, and a 4’ wide bookcase. The workstation

shall accommodate a computer.

» Provide a work room either as part of the librarian’s oce, or adjacent to it, and in close

proximity to the circulation desk.

» Provide 20 LF of countertop with base cabinets, and 10 LF upper cabinets.

» The countertop serves as a prep area for printing machines.

» Provide power and data for equipment.

» Provide a single basin utility sink and separate ADA hand wash sink.

High School

124

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

125

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» Conference/Seminar Room/Group Collaborative learning area

» Access to the conference/seminar room can be adjacent to or accessed from the

collections area.

» Provide a dividable conference/seminar room with a total capacity of 12 to 16 occupants.

Accommodate various uses including meetings, presentations, and group study.

» On each side of the dividable conference/seminar room, provide:

» 8’ whiteboard

» 4’ tackboard

» Rough-in for interactive at screen

» Graphics/AV Production Classroom and Lab

» The Graphics and Audio/Visual Production Area may be used by sta and

students. It consists of the following 3 spaces:

» Production Classroom. Include:

» Countertop with base and upper cabinets

» Countertop with space for 4 to 8 computer graphics workstations

» Island countertop with base cabinets each side, 8 – 10 LF

» (1) 12’ whiteboard with smart board projector

» (1) 4’ tackboard

» Production Lab (recording space). Include a blue screen/green screen on one

wall for video backdrop for school announcements and other video activities.

» Production Storage Room that accommodates 18” deep shelving.

» Computer Labs

» CMP statement of program needs will determine number of computer labs

required.

» Each lab shall accommodate 40 student stations and 1 instructor’s station.

» These computer labs may also be used for computer-based testing.

» Provide access to the computer labs from the Media Center, with visual

supervision from the circulation desk.

» Provide one wall of countertop, base cabinets and upper cabinets for peripherals

and supplies in each computer lab.

» Provide power and data as necessary to support equipment.

» Provide 12’ whiteboard, rough-in for interactive at screen, 4’ tackboards anking

the whiteboard, and (2) 8’ tackboards all other walls of each computer classroom.

» Professional Room

» The professional area is a research room for faculty and sta that also allows for teacher/

librarian collaboration. In the professional room, provide:

» Space for a conference table for 8 people.

» Provide power and data (WIFI is ok) for 2 laptop computers (minimum).

» An area for casual seating (with access to power and data).

» Space for book shelves.

» Book Room

» This is a central book and teaching materials storage room that serves the entire school.

It can be located either with the Media Center or with the central administration. Include:

» A powered, high density storage shelf system for compact storage of text books.

» Lighting layout to accommodate the movable storage system.

» An overhead counter door with counter for textbook distribution. Provide

sucient space for student queues at this door (usually queues from the

hallway).

» Provide built-in countertop work-surface, including 1 workstation with power

and data.

Performing Arts Center (PAC)

» The PAC consists of an auditorium, a black box theater, and drama/theater arts

instructional and support areas. The auditorium shall be located adjacent to the black

box theater for shared support space. Music and other ne arts areas should be located

adjacent to the PAC for program synergies.

» Auditorium

» The PAC auditorium includes a stage with y loft and backstage area, orchestra pit, and

seating for 450 people.

» Provide a pre-function lobby area with ticket booth and public restrooms.

» Congure the auditorium, including pre-function area, for after-hours public

access while securing other parts of the school.

» Acoustically tune the auditorium, and control reverberation time in accordance

with current ANSI standards.

» Provide upholstered auditorium seating on a sloped oor. Coordinate the rake of

the oor with sight lines to the stage.

» Provide ADA access from the seating area to the stage, the orchestra pit, and to

the control room areas. Ramp access is preferred.

» Provide a gallery space separate from and behind the last row of seats to

transition from the pre-function lobby to the auditorium seating area.

» Stage requirements:

» Provide proscenium arch with apron.

» Provide y loft with sucient height necessary for vertical movement of

ats and curtains.

» Provide a wood stage oor system consisting of hardboard surface, double

layer plywood underlayment, wood sleepers, and vibration pads.

» Provide a backstage area within the stage enclosure, but behind the

curtains, to provide space for staging sets during productions.

» Provide dead-hung and motorized pipe rigging.

» Provide a motorized projection screen sized for the auditorium

(approximately 18’ x 24’).

» Provide typical draperies: Grand Valence, Grand Drape, 4 Borders, Midstage

Traveler, Scrim, Upstage Traveler, and Cyclorama.

» Other theater systems requirements:

» Provide house and theater lighting controlled by dimmer racks. Locate

the dimmer racks in a separate room with adequate cooling and sound

isolation. Provide a secondary dimmer control station within the

auditorium seating area.

» Congure auditorium lighting systems for exibility and pre-set scenes.

» Provide acoustic response for spoken word and musical performances

without reconguration.

» Provide a catwalk over the auditorium, with clear view of stage but

concealed from the audience, for lights and sound equipment.

High School

126

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

127

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» Provide dual pipe battens for stage electrics, and single pipe battens for

other line sets.

» Provide motorized battens for raising and lowering lights and curtain/

equipment supports, to eliminate the need for a grid iron. Locate the

control center for motorized battens above or near the stage operator’s

control station (with lock).

» Provide space for tormentor lights on each side of the hall.

» Provide a control room at the rear of the auditorium, with clear sight lines

to the stage and orchestra pit.

» Provide space adjacent to, and on each side of, the control room for follow-

spot lighting.

» Provide a sound control station near the center of the auditorium seating

area, with sound and lighting control systems linked electronically to the

control room. Provide a voice system between the station and the control

room.

» Provide cross-over access outside of the stage enclosure to allow

performers to move from one side of the stage to the other without

disruption to a performance.

» Orchestra pit requirements:

» Pit cover: Removable pit ller system to be comprised of acoustically-

dampened honeycomb core decks, aluminum beams and columns that

are pinned together for easy installation and removal.Decks are to be

independent of each other allowing for individual decks to be removed for

easy access to or fromthe pit area when the pit ller is installed. Deck nish

to match adjacent stage.

» Size the pit to accommodate a small performing group.

» Position the pit to balance sound from the pit and from the stage. At least

one position in the pit (which may be raised) must have visibility of the

stage and the entire pit.

» Piano storage requirements:

» Provide a storage room for a grand piano at either stage or pit level. If at pit

level, provide a lift or an oversize elevator to move the piano from one level

to the other.

» Provide HVAC to control temperature and humidity in the piano storage

room.

» Drama Classroom

» Provide a drama classroom with features as per a general classroom.

» Locate the drama classroom adjacent to the dressing, make-up, and wardrobe

rooms. (During productions and performances, the drama classroom functions

as the Green Room.)

» Congure the drama classroom for student access, while other areas of the PAC,

including auditorium and black box theater, are secured.

» Provide a drama oce with visual supervision of the classroom area.

» Provide a storage room.

» Black Box

» If feasible, locate the black box theater adjacent to the auditorium.

» Adjacency between the black box and the auditorium provides the ability to

share support space including: staging/set-up areas, storage rooms, the pre-

function lobby, and public restrooms.

» The black box theater shall be a rectangular space.

» Provide space for portable risers to accommodate 70 - 100 seats.

» Provide a wood stage oor. The oor may have a concrete border around the

perimeter.

» Tune acoustics for spoken word and small music performances.

» Provide a wire tension grid above for stagecraft.

» Provide access to the tension grid from outside of the space.

» The grid shall accommodate a maximum live load of 15,000 pounds, and a live

load on any one pipe hanger of 700 pounds.

» Provide support and power for theater lighting around the perimeter of the

room, and on the tension grid.

» Provide a theater sound system.

» Provide an equipment storage room for the portable risers, chairs, cart for

transporting the risers, and other equipment.

» Provide a staging/set-up room.

» May be part of the PAC work area/scene shop.

» Locate adjacent to the black box theater, for backstage operations and support.

» Locate adjacent to the receiving area.

» Back of House

» The back of house spaces support both the auditorium and the black box theater, as well

as drama curriculum.

» Provide a work area (scene shop/set-building) with convenient access to the

auditorium stage and the black box theater. Include the following:

» Areas for staging of ats and for storage of set construction supplies.

» Power for tools and equipment for set fabrication and construction.

» Data drops.

» Whiteboard and tackboard.

» Large stainless steel work sink.

» Custodial closet with sink.

» Provide a general storage room for make-up and supplies.

» Provide separate make-up rooms for girls and boys.

» Include 24 LF of make-up counters in each room, with mirrors, make-up

lighting, and power for grooming devices.

» Provide separate girls and boys dressing rooms.

» Include a full length mirror in each dressing room, and 12 coat hooks in

each student dressing room.

» Provide girls and boys restrooms.

» Provide a wardrobe workroom with separate entry and exit doors for ecient

circulation before and after performances. Include:

» 18 LF total of base cabinets with open shelves, arranged in a tee shape; 14

LF against the wall and a 2’ x 4’ stem, open below, that projects into the

room (this counter is for garment assembly and repair).

» Washer and dryer, with adjacent 30” wide base cabinet and countertop.

» Wall-mounted garment rack system.

» Wardrobe storage room with double door access from the wardrobe

workroom.

High School

128

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

129

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» Provide a receiving area to accommodate theater supplies, lumber, sheet

materials, and lighting and sound equipment. Include an overhead coiling door

to an outdoor receiving area or loading dock.

Physical Education and Athletics Sports

» All physical education and athletic facilities, including exterior playing

elds, must be equal (quality and quantity) for male and female per Title IX

requirements and for parity among high schools. Some areas, such as the

Training Room and Weight Room, will be shared by the sexes.

» In addition to curricular physical education classes, the gymnasium and related

spaces accommodate high school competitive athletic sports teams. Among the

team sports that are usually oered are football, soccer, volleyball, cross country/

track, basketball, wrestling, swimming (usually o-site or at a joint-use facility),

baseball, softball, and, usually o-site, golf and tennis. Other sports or activities

may include rugby, eld hockey, lacrosse, dance, cheer, ballet and folklorico.

» An AV system is required in the main gym. Consult an AV professional during

design and coordinate the system with the APS sta architect and construction

manager, and with APS IT.

» Main Lobby with Ticket Sales and Snack Bar

» Provide a main lobby for 400 occupants (due to no re-entry policy at APS events).

Using an occupant load factor of 7.5 SF, the main lobby shall be approximately

3,000 SF.

» In the main lobby, provide trophy display cases (6’ high x 16’ long) protected by

railing(s).

» Plan for message boards and illuminated signage.

» Provide a ticket booth with countertop, under-counter drawer, power, and point

of sale data drop near the main lobby entry.

» Provide public restrooms, including a unisex family restroom, with convenient

access from the main lobby.

» Provide a snack bar with:

» (2) 6’ wide serving windows. Each window shall have a lockable, rolling

door (re-rated, automatic closing) that seals tight to a stainless steel

countertop.

» At each serving window, provide countertop, cabinets with 2 drawers, and

open shelving.

» Within the snack bar, provide a hand sink, full refrigerator, and ice maker.

Provide space and utilities for (2) reach-in beverage coolers, and (1) reach-in

freezer. Provide countertop area with utilities for a (3) beverage and drink

machines. If run by DECA, see DECA section.

» On the back wall of the snack bar, provide a glass display and (2) full length

shelves for display.

» Provide adequate power for heating and vending equipment, (6)

countertop heating and warming devices (minimum), and the ice machine.

Check electrical standards for circuit requirements. Provide water supply

and oor drain for the ice maker condensate line.

» Provide data drops for point of sales devices.

» Provide a service room, accessed from the concessions area, with a

3-compartment sink equipped with commercial spray hose in 8 LF of

counter with upper double shelves and 3’ x 3’ drying rack. Provide a mop

sink in the service room also.

» Provide a storage room for dry goods, accessed from the snack bar. Include

(2) 4’ wide by 18” deep wire rack shelving units.

» Main Gym

» Provide public access to the main gym from the main lobby

» Locate the main gym to provide direct access to the athletic elds, and away

from classrooms.

» Provide a minimum 10 foot safety zone between the courts and walls. Provide

safety wall padding at each end of the main court and at obstructions. Wall pads

shall meet the minimum ASTM standards specication for impact performance

requirements.

» Minimum ceiling height in the main gym shall be 30 feet. No ductwork or

lighting below 30 feet.

» Provide a maple hardwood oor system. Provide wood gym oor protective

cover with storage cart(s), to be stored in the gym storage room.

» Stripe the oor for a main basketball court (50’ x 94’), and a main volleyball court

co-located with the main basketball court.

» In addition, stripe the oor for 2 basketball cross-courts and 2 volleyball

cross-courts.

» Provide 6 electrically retractable basketball goals with clear backboards and

break away rings. Meet NCAA and NFHS Standards.

» Provide volleyball sleeves with caps, standards, and nets. Arrange volleyball

courts for 1 main court and 2 cross courts; each volleyball court shall have

separate net supports.

» Provide ADA accessible seating areas in main gym and mezzanines.

» Provide powered telescoping bleachers, on main oor (wall-attached) and on

mezzanines (reverse-fold), with one-piece molded bench type plastic seating.

Flex bleacher rows are not allowed. Provide a total capacity of 3,300 spectators

(1.5 x school enrollment capacity) when fully extended. Provide minimum 8 foot

clear height from top of bleachers/railings and bottom of the roof structure,

lighting, or ducts. Verify ADA seating locations with FD+C.

» Provide hinged front skirt for cleaning. Limit switches.

» Provide 2 scoreboards for visibility from bleacher seating, asymmetrical from the

centerline of the court.

» Provide an electrically-operated divider curtain across the width of the gym to

separate the 2 cross-courts for PE classes. Roof structure shall accommodate the

weight of the curtain.

» Provide public address and intercom system per APS IT requirements; provide a

dedicated room for A/V head-end equipment, adjacent to main gym. Lighting

controls shall be nearby.

» Provide a projector, screen(s) and provisions for hard-wired and wireless

microphones.

» In addition to the A/V requirements noted above, provide power, data, and

microphone connections at the score table location. Outlets in bleachers are

one strategy utilized at Rio Grande High School.

» Provide a lockable main gym storage with double door clear access (removable

or no mullion), for athletic equipment, scorer’s table, other tables, a lectern and

at least 200 folding chairs on carts. Ceiling height shall accommodate volleyball

poles.

High School

130

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

131

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» Provide an additional main gym storage area (separate or subdivided) for wood

oor cover carts and for competition wrestling mats. Provide door threshold

congurations to allow space for maneuvering of carts loaded with wrestling

mats and gym oor covers.

» The GC shall provide and install all gymnasium related shelving. All shelving

must be anchored to the oor.

» Main Gym Mezzanines and Bleachers/Adaptive PE (APE)/Multi-Purpose

» Mezzanine must be ADA accessible. Provide public access (stairs and elevator)

from the main lobby to the mezzanines. Consider an arrangement that allows for

mezzanines and access stairs to be locked when not in use.

» Provide a mezzanine for additional bleacher seating on each side of the main

gym, above the main bleachers, as part of the total seating capacity to be

accommodated (i.e. 3,300 (1.5 x school enrollment capacity)).

» Consider impact of railing design on spectator vision to game oor.

» The mezzanine spaces are additional teaching spaces for PE. To secure the railing

side of the space:

» Retract the power-operated mezzanine bleachers towards the rail side of

the mezzanine, forming a wall. If bleachers do not fold toward the rail of

the mezzanine, provide an electrically-operated divider curtain across the

length of the mezzanine to separate the mezzanine from the main gym

below. Roof structure shall accommodate the weight of curtain.

» Provide an oce and storage room adjacent to the mezzanine for Adaptive PE.

Also provide convenient access to restrooms from the Adaptive PE mezzanine.

» Install athletic ooring surface at mezzanines when used for PE and athletics

space.

» Provide lockable multi-purpose mezzanine storage areas with double door clear

access (removable or no mullion), for items used on the mezzanines, such as

ping pong tables.

» Auxiliary Gym

» Locate the auxiliary gym for public access from the main lobby.

» Provide a minimum 10 foot safety zone between the courts and walls. Provide

safety wall padding at end of courts and at obstructions. Wall pads shall meet the

minimum ASTM standards specication for impact performance requirements.

» Minimum ceiling height in the auxiliary gym shall be 30 feet. No ductwork or

lighting below 30 feet.

» Provide wood ooring as for main gym. Stripe the oor for main basketball and

main volleyball courts and 2 basketball and 2 volleyball cross courts. Main courts

will be regulation high school size. Smaller cross courts will not be competition

size. Coordinate with APS FD+C and school’s athletic director for court striping.

» Provide a small scoreboard.

» Provide six basketball goals with clear backboards and break-away rings. Meet

NMAA and NFHS Standards.

» Provide volleyball sleeves with caps, standards, and nets, arranged for one large

court and two cross courts; each volleyball court to have separate net supports.

» Provide an electrically-operated divider curtain across the width of the gym to

separate the two cross-courts for PE classes. Roof structure shall accommodate

the weight of curtain.

» Provide 3 rows of power-operated folding bleachers along one wall only, for

about 300 occupants (requires about 800 SF). Flex bleacher rows are not allowed,

provide hinged front skirt for cleaning, and limit switches.

» Provide an auxiliary gym A/V room. This room can be combined with the A/V

room serving the main gym.

» Provide a lockable auxiliary gym storage room for athletic equipment and

folding chair storage, with ceiling height sucient for volleyball poles.

» Weight Room

» Provide access to the weight room via double doors (removable or no mullion)

for moving equipment in and out.

» The weight room shall be a rectangular space with a 12 foot ceiling.

» The weight room shall be designed as one open room to accommodate free

weights and training machines (some of which require power).

» Provide an area separate from, but connected to, the weight room for circuit

training equipment.

» Provide an adjacent oce with observation window to the weight room,

including circuit training area.

» Provide a storage room.

» Provide rubber ooring system designed for free weight impacts.

» Provide a mirrored (safety-glazed) wall.

» Provide access to service sink to clean oors.

» Provide safety light xtures.

» Wrestling Room

» Locate the wrestling room near the main gym, training, laundry room (for access

to washers and dryers) and weight room.

» Provide access to the wrestling room via double doors (removable or no mullion)

for moving equipment in and out. Arrange doors to avoid swinging into/onto

mats due to thickness.

» The wrestling room shall be proportioned to accommodate wrestling mats

(traditionally (2) 42’ x 42’ mats, may also be 40’ x 40’ mats, 12’ roll mats, or 6’ roll

mats x 42’ long). Verify with FFE if APS will provide new the mats and carts.

» Provide additional space (6’ x 42’) within the wrestling room for stationary bikes

and similar equipment.

» Provide minimum 16’ high ceiling.

» Provide anchors for climbing ropes.

» Provide chin-up bars and peg climbing board.

» Provide 6’ high wall padding all around. Coordinate padding with thermostats

(for performance) and limit penetrations for other wall-mounted devices.

Wall pads shall meet the minimum ASTM standards specication for impact

performance requirements.

» Provide a student shower area with 2 showers.

» Provide a storage room for spare mats. The storage room shall include:

» Water-resistant ooring.

» A custodial sink for mopping down mats.

» A oor drain.

» A chemical storage cabinet.

» Provide a storage space for competition wrestling mats. Competition mats are

High School

132

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

133

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

comprised of 6 rolls; each 12.5’ long x 6’ diameter. Competition mat storage may

be provided either in the wrestling storage room or near the main gym.

» Provide an oce for the wrestling coach with observation window into the

wrestling room and with space for a desk, le cabinet, and 4 chairs.

» Provide a restroom with shower and two 18” x 18” x 72” lockers with bench

for use by the wrestling coach.

» Multi-Purpose Rooms (PE Studio, Cheer, etc)

» Multi-purpose rooms can be used for PE, aerobics, gymnastics, dance, cheer,

health, and weight classes.

» Provided minimum 16 foot ceilings.

» Provide a sound system in a lockable cabinet.

» Provide separate cheer and dance oces, with space for 2 desks, 2 chairs, 2 le

cabinets and one guest chair.

» 2 dressing rooms, and a storage room to support each multi-purpose room.

» Cheer requires a practice area to accommodate mats plus a minimum 10 foot

safety zone on one end of the mats (54’ x 70’).

» Provide non-slip ooring.

» Provide mirrors.

» Provide a separate storage room for (9) 6’ x 60’ pads (which roll up to 6’ long

x 5’ diameter). The pads are stored six rolls on end. Storage room shall have

double door clear access. Avoid door thresholds that impede moving pads

in and out of cheer space, and in and out of the main gym.

» Dance requires a practice area of about 30’ x 60’ (same as competition), with a

wood oor (high performance laminated type).

» Provide mirrors and bars in the dance area.

» For a remodeled space, if wood oors cannot be installed, provide a Marley

oor.

» PE Classroom

» Provide a general team/academic classroom to accommodate up to 100

students, with operable partition to divide space in half.

» Furnishing by FD+C FFE, typically 35 chairs per classroom, desk tables,

teacher desk and chair and le cabinet.

» This space shall be used for training lms, large team meetings, academic

subjects such as Sports Medicine and Health, and other classes.

» This classroom can be combined with one of the multi-purpose rooms

described above if appropriate ooring and other considerations are

addressed.

» Provide (2) 12’ whiteboards, interactive at screen at each teaching wall, and (2)

4’ tackboards for each side of classroom.

» Provide power and data drops as for core classrooms. Provide a dedicated circuit

for computer cart recharging.

» Provide a storage room.

» PE Locker Rooms

» Locate PE locker rooms to provide direct access to the main gym and convenient

access to athletic elds.

» Visiting teams may use PE locker rooms for games, and will need a white board

and space for the coach to talk with the team.

» Provide 1 locker room each for boys and girls. Each locker room shall

accommodate 120 students per class period.

» Provide polished, sealed concrete ooring.

» Provide a minimum of 120 lockers each for boys and girls.

» Provide ventilated athletic type lockers, with baked enamel welded steel

construction, sloped tops, and no moving parts.

» Provide some tall lockers (12” wide x 12” deep x 60” tall).

» Lockers should not have integral combination locks.

» For each tall locker, provide space for seven box lockers (12” wide x 12”

deep x 12” tall).

» Congure lockers to keep overall height below eye level for easier

supervision.

» Provide 2’ wide bench for lockers, either mid-aisle or as part of the concrete base

for the lockers.

» Provide (1) 8’ whiteboard and (1) 4’ tackboard in the locker room for

announcements.

» Provide restrooms and changing areas.

» Provide oor drains in the restrooms and changing areas.

» Provide an instructor’s supervision station in each locker room with power and

data for a laptop. The supervision station shall have good visibility of the locker

room.

» Provide a PE storage room with (4) 4’ wide x 2’ deep x 7’ tall storage cabinets.

» For students entering locker rooms from the exterior, provide walk-o mats at

that door.

» Athletic Locker Rooms

» Locate athletic locker rooms to provide direct access to the main gym and

convenient access to athletic elds.

» Locker room distance to track must be comparable for boys and girls.

» Access from gym to locker rooms may not pass through the lobby. Provide one

combined locker room for all boys’ sports and one combined locker room for all

girls’ sports.

» Provide polished, sealed concrete ooring.

» Provide minimum 110 lockers for football; 80 lockers for boys’ other sports; and

190 lockers in the girls’ locker room. (I.e. Equal number of boys and girls lockers.)

» Football lockers shall be 18” wide x 18” deep x 60” high.

» Non-football lockers can be smaller.

» Girls and boys lockers shall be equal in quality and quantity.

» Congure lockers for easier supervision.

» Lockers shall be ventilated athletic type, with baked enamel welded steel

construction, sloped tops, and no moving parts.

» Provide 2’ wide bench for lockers, either mid-aisle or as part of the concrete

base for the lockers.

» Provide (1) 8’ whiteboard and (1) 4’ tackboard in the locker room for

announcements.

» Provide (2) 8’ whiteboards and (2) 4’ tack boards to serve (2) team meeting areas

within the locker area (an E-shaped arrangement of the lockers will dene 2 such

areas).

High School

134

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

135

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» Provide restrooms and changing areas.

» Provide 2 shower stalls with curtains for each locker room.

» Provide oor drains in the restrooms and changing areas.

» Provide a coach’s supervision station in each locker room with power and data

for a laptop. The supervision station shall have good visibility of the locker room.

» For students entering locker rooms from the exterior, provide walk-o mats

at that door.

» Athletic Director’s Oce (private)

» Provide a private oce with windows to view trac in and out of locker room

area.

» Locate this oce close to the gym; as the Athletic Director is the Gym event

manager.

» Provide space for 1 desk, 6 chairs, 1 table, le cabinets, and a 4’ wide bookcase.

» Provide an 8’ whiteboard and 4’ tackboard.

» Provide a storage room with a 4’ wide tall cabinet and 6’ high wire shelving unit

for storage.

» Provide a portable AED for the athletic director.

» PE Instructor Oces (private)

» Provide (2) PE instructor’s private oces near the athletic coaches’ open oce

area.

» Provide space for a desk, le cabinet, book cabinet, and 6 chairs.

» Provide male and female restrooms for PE instructors adjacent or nearby. Include

water closets, lavatories, showers, lockers, and changing areas.

» Athletic Coaches’ Oce Area (Open Workstations)

» Provide an open oce environment for athletic coaches. The open oce

environment shall accommodate all athletic team coaches.

» Opposite seasons and contract coaches to share oces for eciency.

» Locate the oce area near athletic locker rooms and with convenient access to

exterior elds and primary practice rooms.

» Provide a huddle space adjacent to the open oce area for private conferences.

» Football may include 1 head coach and up to 9 assistant coaches. Football

coaches will be accommodated in the open oce area with other sports teams.

» A typical coaches’ oce area is described below. This should be modied

in conjunction with FD+C/CMP and the school’s athletic department to

accommodate the expected number coaching sta based on the school’s target

enrollment.

» Provide a 24” deep writing counter around one or two walls, with space in

center for additional tables and staging of equipment.

» Provide space for task chairs, guest chairs, and lockable le and storage

cabinets.

» Provide a 6’ long counter with base cabinets and upper cabinet. Include

hand sink, full size refrigerator, and power for small appliances.

» Provide male and female restrooms adjacent or nearby. Include water

closets, lavatories, showers, lockers, and changing areas.

» Provide a 12’ whiteboard, (2) 4’ tackboards, and equip for interactive

whiteboard.

» Athletics Storage

» Provide either individual storage rooms for major team sports, or a large storage

area subdivided with mesh partitions.

» Provide 10 storage rooms/spaces with interior access. These rooms/spaces will

be assigned to Volleyball, Girls Basketball, Softball, Boys’ Basketball, Baseball,

Soccer, Track/Field, Golf, and Tennis. (1 storage room/space will be unassigned.)

» Provide 1 storage room with exterior access for PE/athletic equipment. Space will

be used for shelving and oor storage. Soccer goals and track/eld equipment

may be accommodated in this room. This room may also house Gators (or

equivalent vehicles).

» Provide a Football Equipment Storage Room.

» Accommodate storage space for 140 helmets on storage racks, and pads.

» Provide a large stainless steel sink with drain board for cleaning of equipment.

» Provide space for portable game lockers to be stored.

» Provide an overhead counter door/counter for dispensing and receiving of

equipment at beginning and end of season.

» Training Room and Therapy Pools

» This space accommodates therapy, taping, and meetings with trainers.

» Locate the training room to be equally accessible to boys and girls (primarily

athletics sports).

» Provide a 10’ ceiling (minimum) in the training room.

» Provide an area to accommodate equipment, including a range of motion

machine, elliptical machine, and stationary bike. Provide power for equipment.

» Provide a rst aid area with a full-size, lockable refrigerator/freezer.

» Provide a treatment area with 4 portable training/massage tables, 4 short

movable taping tables, a large capacity, reach-in ice machine (see Appendix H), a

hand sink at the taping area, 6’ countertop with workstation, and base and upper

cabinets.

» Provide 8 quad receptacles (minimum) for each training/taping table and at

the rst aid counter.

» Provide whirlpool area in a moisture-resistant environment, with visual access to

the training room (and privacy curtain). Include:

» Space for 2 large above-oor whirlpools and 1 arm whirlpool with

temperature mixing check valves.

» Wall hose bib to ll whirlpools.

» Slip-resistant, ceramic tile ooring with oor drain.

» Space for tables, chairs and 4’ wide tall clothing storage unit.

» Provide restroom with toilet, urinal, and lavatory, accessories and mirror.

» Provide a trainer’s oce with view into training room, and space for 1 desk, 1 le

cabinet, a table and 2 chairs.

» Provide space for a secure storage room with metal shelving (12” deep x 60 LF),

and space for wheelchair, crutches, canes, drink coolers, and travel bags.

» Provide special hot water with temperature control at valves and hook-ups,

humidity control, service sink in or nearby to sterilize oors, and a oor drain for

ice maker.

» Provide safety lighting units with high illumination levels.

High School

136

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

137

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» Ice and Laundry Room

» Provide a room (or rooms) for general laundry and ice pick-up room. Locate the

room(s) near the athletic locker rooms and near an exterior wall or roof for dryer

vents. Include:

» 2 large capacity residential washers

» 2 large capacity residential dryers

» 1 large ice maker, (see Appendix H).

» Space for (1) 4’ x 8’ folding table

» Space for (1) 4’ wide tall cabinet for supplies

» Floor drain and venting

» Provide a separation barrier between ice machine and laundry area.

» Junior Reserve Ocer Training Corps (JROTC)

» JROTC oers federally-sponsored elective classes at high schools. This program may

have up to 200 students participating, and may be part of a Business or similar Academy.

The JROTC area is typically a separate suite of spaces at the school. The JROTC suite shall

have direct exterior access, and convenient access to the gym and weight room. Provide

concrete oors, durable walls, and acoustic ceilings for all spaces (except restrooms,

which require hard ceilings).

» Consult with CMP for JROTC spaces / utilization and funding. JROTC

requirements could be dierent for each service. Each HS will have only one

service sponsor.

» Supervision and proximity of spaces is key. There may be up to 4 teams and only

two supervisors.

» JROTC Multipurpose Classroom

» Provide a long, rectangular, multi-purpose classroom space for drill, ring range,

and other activities. Include:

» Ideal size is 80 feet x 45 feet. One end structurally needs to support steel

plate for ring range.

» Base cabinets (12 LF).

» Power and data.

» 12’ ceiling (minimum).

» Acoustical isolation from other spaces.

» Sound attenuation within the space.

» The ring range is 50’ long with addition zones for queuing and safety. The

range and zones shall be located in the 80’ length of the multi-purpose room.

Requirements as follows:

» 50’ long ring range

» 8 to 10 ring lanes (3’-6” minimum width), with oor markings for ring

positions

» 8’ deep queuing area behind the ring line

» 10’ deep safety zone behind the queuing area

» 10 gauge steel on 8’ high plywood special construction on the face of the

ring wall

» Provide lighting to illuminate the ring wall, in addition to general area

lighting.

» Electronic targets are used now. Provide power and data needs for targets.

» Provide space for 2 instructor workstations with power and data within the

multipurpose classroom. Private oces are not required.

» Air Rie Storage, Training Aids, and Drill Storage

» Locate storage within the JROTC suite.

» Storage must be secure, and capable of maintaining low humidity levels.

» Provide heavy duty wire mesh shelving or racks for ries and ammunition

storage.

» Rie racks may be further secured from other equipment by expanded

metal cage construction.

» The APS carpentry shop has constructed some rie racks for JROTC.

» Provide heavy-duty metal shelving for items including magnetic compasses,

GPS unit and devices, digital camera, digital camcorder, LDC projector and digital

television, as well as drill ries and parade swords, Color Guard materials, and

miscellaneous supplies.

» Provide space to store marksmanship backstops, shooting mats, and kneeling

pads.

» Property (Uniform) Storage

» Locate storage within the JROTC suite.

» Provide racks for uniform storage.

» Uniform area must serve a minimum of 100 students. (Programs typically have

125-175 cadets each year. The area also depends on the service; Marine Corp has

larger type of uniforms.

» Provide power and data (for computer based inventory). Consider access to

a laundry area near the uniform storage. Laundry area can be shared with

other school PE, PAC, and athletic programs. Residential quality washer and

dryer is adequate.

» Equipment and Maintenance Area

» Provide a utility sink.

» Provide a refrigerator

» Provide casework, approximately 7 LF x 2 feet deep of base and upper

cabinets with countertop.

» Provide space with power and data connections for activities such as

uniform ironing, and servicing ries and other equipment.

» Provide a mirror for uniform tting.

» Restrooms

» JROTC requires access to restrooms for students and adults.

» Provide in-suite restrooms if general restrooms are not available after hours

for JROTC use.

» Restrooms require space for changing clothes and trying on uniforms.

» If provided, in-suite restrooms require:

» 2 student restrooms.

» 1 unisex adult restroom.

» Classroom Spaces

» JRTOC requires access to two classrooms to support 40-45 students at one time.

Provide access to shared classrooms with adjacency to JROTC suite.

» Classrooms could be congured as one oversize CR but dividable: one 1200

SF classroom and dividable with acoustical bi-fold, or could be two smaller

classrooms about 600 - 650 SF in size.

» Classrooms should support STEM program activities.

High School

138

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

139

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Student Activities Center

» The Student Activities Center shall be centrally located. Include:

» A exible activities room with built-in casework storage, including a countertop

work surface with a sink. The activities room may include a contact window with

roll-up counter door. Provide power and data for equipment, including student

ID equipment, and space for desk/chair and/or table, and les.

» An oce for the Activity Director (sta member), with voice/data drops.

» Consider locating a vending area in the main circulation space, near the student

activities center.

Nurse Suite

» Locate the Nurse Suite near the main oce and lobby for easy access by

students and parents and to allow for quick backup by sta in an emergency.

Provide separate, direct exterior access to a vehicular circulation/parking area for

emergency vehicles. Doors shall accommodate a gurney (36” clear, minimum).

» Provide a waiting area for 6 - 10 students based on the population served: 6

(<500); 8 (500-1000); 10 (>1000). This space should be visible from the nurse’s

oce and health assistant’s workstation. The people waiting should not be able

to see into the treatment/recovery room.

» See Appendix C for the equipment list for all nurse suites.

» Provide space for a workstation for the Health Assistant. Include:

» Visual privacy of the Health Assistant’s computer monitor.

» Visual access to the waiting area and treatment/recovery area.

» 8 LF to 10 LF of countertop, base cabinets and upper cabinets along one

wall.

» Provide a nurse’s oce. Include:

» Limited access to this oce due to les and medicines.

» (1) double-locked medicine cabinet (See Appendix C).

» Window(s) for natural light.

» Window into the treatment and recovery areas and waiting area to

supervise students.

» Acoustic speech privacy when the door is closed.

» Provide a Treatment Room. Include:

» 1 white, Energy Star, 18 cubic FT refrigerator with ice maker incorporated

into 14 LF of lockable plastic laminate casework (approximately 34” high x

24”deep x 30” wide). Locate the refrigerator away from plumbing xtures so

that it does not require a GFCI outlet.

» 1 ADA stainless steel sink (approximately 14” x 16”) with goose-neck faucet

and lever handles.

» (1) 30” base cabinet with 4 small drawers side by side and 2 large drawers

below.

» (1) 30” wide x 34” high x 24” deep storage cabinet.

» (4) 13” deep lockable upper storage cabinets over base cabinets.

» (1) double-locked medicine cabinet (See Appendix C).

» (1) 24” wide x 60” high safety mirror.

» Provide space for half of required recovery cots separated by ceiling

mounted curtains. Total number of recovery cots is calculated at a ratio of 1

recovery cot (74” L x 24” W x 18” H) per 250 students.

» Duplex outlets and data drops at each cot for equipment that may be

required.

» Provide a Recovery/Isolation Room. Include:

» Provide space for half of required recovery cots separated by ceiling

mounted curtains.

» Duplex outlets and data drops at each cot for equipment that may be

required.

» Provide necessary data and power for vision screening equipment. Requires 20

LF.

» Provide a storage closet for wheelchair, crutches, and other bulk item storage.

» Provide a storage room for locking re proof le cabinet (1 cabinet for every 500

students).

» Provide 2 restrooms with ceramic tile oor and standard restroom accessories.

» For schools with District Special Education students, provide an additional

restroom with space for Hoyer lift and changing table in restroom.

» Include a shower if required by the school’s special education program.

» Provide a combination washer/dryer (not stacking unit) near the Special

Education restroom.

» Choose paint, tile, and other coverings to be easily cleaned and disinfected.

» Flooring to be commercial grade sheet linoleum with welded seams.

» All faucets in the health center shall be manual operation (no automatic sensors).

» Provide exhaust fan in triage/cot areas and restrooms. In addition, provide

operable window(s) if possible.

» Provide power/data at all oces and workstations. Provide data for a student-use

phone. Provide a dedicated fax line and space for a printer/copier/fax machine in

a private location.

» Counseling Area

» Review needs for a particular school program with APS Counseling for

information on traditional counseling allocations.

» Provide a self-contained counseling area. Access to the counseling area shall

be controlled from the academy secretary/support station. The counseling area

shall be located out of the general circulation space for privacy.

» Students can have direct access to counseling oces. Students should

not have to talk to anyone to see a counselor. Waiting area by oces is for

students.

» Prefer counselors located together or as part of an area where adults can

serve the students right away. If there are mini-admins with the academy

model, it’s ok for a counselor in each area.

» Consider a public access computer station for online scheduling.

» Provide oces for up to 5 counselors, distributed among the Academies. A

high school will have 4 or more counselors which includes a college and career

counselor and a crossroads counselor (who deals with substance abuse and

addictions).

» In the central Administration or in the central Special Education area there will

be oces for 1 to 2 social workers, 1 transition specialist oce, 1 head special

education teacher, 1 evaluation/testing, and 1 to 2 speech and language

pathologists.)

» Counseling oces require privacy, therefore no FTE sharing of oces. Even

a half time FTE must have a full oce.

High School

140

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

141

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» For privacy, avoid glass.

» Counseling oces require sound isolation.

» Oces require space for a locked le cabinet.

» Secure le storage room for the counseling suite is also required.

» Locate printers close to the oces for privacy concerns.

» High School Wellness Room

» Per the APS Student, Family, & Community Supports Division,this space should

be designed to help students relax and be mindfulin order to improve focus on

academic work. It is intended to be a short term(approximately 15 minutes),

rst-tier, preventative support for students experiencing stress.

» Wellness room is to be centrally-located on campus to encourage student access

throughout the day.Proximity to common use areas such as the media center or

student health is preferable.

» Sta work space requires space for a desk with small le storage, bookshelf,

white board, and power and data for a laptop. Desk is to be located adjacent to

door for students to sign in.The sta area requires docking/charging stations for

iPads or similar devices that may be checked out by students.

» Work space is to be shared with a welcoming and comfortable student

activity area. Flexibility for creatingand re-arrangingzones for individual

and group restorative activities is required. Provide space for soft seating

and tables, GC to provide white board, power and data access for charging

student devices.Examples activities may include: listening to music or guided

meditations, coloring, arts and crafts, journaling, and reading.

» Room requires carpet and soft colors.

» Daylighting, color LED, and dimmable, zonedlighting is preferable where

possible.

» Plants and/or nature images/textures are encouraged.

» Provide power and data/wi as per a standard classroom.

Student Commons / Central Food Service / Cafeteria

» Student Commons shall serve as an indoor gathering area with access to common use

facilities such as cafeteria/dining, snack bar, student activities, family/community room,

administration, gymnasium, and library/media center. Ideally, the Commons area will

integrate or ow into the Cafeteria / Food Service areas.

» Provide space for a variety of seating options.

» Provide power for opportunities for charging devices.

» Consider a raised performance area.

» The student commons is similar to an outdoor student gathering area.

» Cafeterias serve as food serving areas as well as small assembly areas for school activities.

The number of meals served varies among high schools; Food and Nutrition Services will

provide information about meals served and stang for each high school site.

» Provide access to the dining areas via double doors (2 doors at 36” wide each) at

all entrance/exit locations even if not required by code for egress width.

» Provide access to the cafeteria from the exterior for after school programs,

while also providing ability to lock the kitchen and the remainder of the school.

Provide one set of restrooms that are accessible from the cafeteria for use after

hours.

» Size the seating areas for 15 SF/student (minimum) with no more than 3 lunch periods.

» Plan the dining areas to accommodate typical APS seating; a combination of

60” round tables and 12’ bi-fold models. Dining furniture will be provided and

installed by the owner.

» Design the cafeteria to encourage formation of single le serving lines.

» Provide separate dining areas and serving lines for the Ninth Grade Academy vs

upper grades.

» Discuss with APS Food + Nutrition Services the option of self-service and/

or cafeteria sta-serve. Typically, cafeteria sta serve the hot food items and

students self-serve cold food items.

» Provide data drops for point-of-sale connections for computerized checkout

units at appropriate locations, including:

» 2 (minimum) on serving lines.

» 1 in the cafeteria.

» 2 connections on parallel walls in the kitchen manager’s oce.

» Provide a separate, lockable room for after school programs. Include:

» Access to the room directly from the cafeteria.

» Space for storage.

» A sink.

» Power for equipment, including a refrigerator (for milk and other cold

items) and a re-therm unit for at-risk dinner program and/or homework

dinner program.

» Provide infrastructure for a at screen (approximately 60” or 72”).

» Provide infrastructure for a ceiling mounted projector for large group meetings.

» Provide a powered AV screen (approximately 90” x 160”) mounted in the

structure of the ceiling area.

» Provide a key operated switch, or locate the switch in a storage or custodial

room.

» Provide rough-in for a sound system.

» Locate sound system equipment in a storage room.

» Provide wired microphone and audio access in two locations.

» Provide for up to 4 wireless microphones.

» Install conduit so 4 speakers will cover space from stage to back of room.

» Provide power and data outlets along a wall for multiple table use during

registration.

» Provide general and specialty lighting for activities within the Commons/

Cafeteria.

» Provide windows. Include:

» A view to the outside.

» Electrically operated shades for shading and lockdown.

» Provide polished concrete oors.

» Provide a designated area for recycle bins for paper, plastic, and aluminum.

» Acoustically condition the Commons/Cafeteria:

» Reverberation Time Maximum: 1.5 seconds; Noise produced by HVAC and

Building Utility Systems: Maximum 45 dBA; STC rating for the walls: STC 50; STC

rating for windows or translucent panels: STC 35.

» Verify STC and reverberation requirements with the project’s acoustic consultant.

High School

142

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

143

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» Kitchen

» See Kitchen requirements in Design & Construction Integrity Section.

» The contract architect must meet with APS Food and Nutrition Services

(F+NS) prior to designing the kitchen. Coordinate this meeting(s) through the

APS sta architect. See Appendix D for Guide to Space Planning of a School

Food Service Facility based on number of meals served.

» Kitchen equipment shall be included in the general construction contract.

Coordinate requirements for kitchen equipment, see Appendix E.

» Snack Bar

» Generally there are two (2) snack bars in the high school – one near the

cafeteria and one near the gym lobby. Both snack bars are mostly the same.

See DECA section for their program needs.

» Locate the food services snack bar near interior and exterior student

gathering areas.

» Provide about 4 service openings, (1 to 2 interior and 1 to 2 to the outside).

» Service openings shall be 18” wide x 30” high.

» Interior service openings shall have a lockable stainless steel re-rated

(as needed) roll door with stainless steel sill.

» Exterior service openings shall have inset vertical hung aluminum storm

window units (or equal) to close o opening when not operating to

prevent draft and insects.

» At the exterior openings, provide eective cover from rain and sun for

students.

» Provide snack bar with warming only capabilities.

» Do not include fryers, grills, or any equipment that requires a commercial

hood.

» Include 22 LF of HDL open base shelf cabinets with countertop to connect

with the window serving areas.

» Provide wiremold above back-splash of counter for warming equipment (up

to 5 devices).

» Provide stainless steel wire metal shelving along wall opposite from windows.

» Provide (1) 3 compartment sink (each compartment shall be 10” x 14” x 12”

deep) with faucet as accessories as per a commercial kitchen unit. Include

20” drain boards each side and 12” high stainless steel wall protection behind

sink area.

» Provide a hand washing sink.

» Provide (1) point-of-sale data and power outlet at each pair of windows (2

locations, total) for interface with the food service computer sales system in

the kitchen oce.

» DECA Snack Bar

» The DECA snack bar is generally the same as other snack bars in the school, with

these additional program needs:

» Provide a soda fountain machine. Fountain is not able to be shared with other

snack bar vendors.

» Provide electricity for:

» Hot holding equipment

» Ice machine

» Point of sale for each window. (Data and power). Avoid Wi-Fi for POS.

» Cameras at each monitor.

» Big refrigerators for drinks.

» Provide data for electronic menus, nutrition guidelines.

» Provide area for taped menus at windows.

» Provide slat walls at back.

» Provide a large storage room with power for hot holding equipment and

refrigerators.

» Provide adjacency to DECA classroom if possible.

» Storage / Custodial

» Provide a custodial closet in the kitchen.

» Provide each dining area with a custodial closet.

» Provide each dining area with a storage room for special events, folding tables and

chair carts.

» Storage room doors shall allow for 72” clear opening.

» Outside Dining Patio

» Provide a hard surfaced, well-drained patio area.

» Locate the patio adjacent to the snack bar and easily accessible by students

from the cafeteria.

» The patio shall be half-shaded between 10:30 am and 1:30 pm.

» Provide a hose bib in the area for cleaning.

» Provide outlet for cleaning equipment with 30 amp GFCI circuit.

» Provide xed tables, benches, and trash receptacles for up to 100 students.

» Tables, benches, and trash receptacles shall be exterior-rated, vandal resistant,

vinyl coated expanded metal.

» The general contractor shall provide and install the tables, benches, and trash

receptacles.

» Tables, benches, and trash receptacles shall be anchored.

» Each trash receptacles shall have a 30 to 40 gallon capacity.

» Provide general site lighting for the outside dining area (and adjacent socialization

areas) to allow evening use for special programs.

Academy Areas

» The administrative and academic spaces below are distributed among:

» One Ninth Grade Academy

» Upper Grade Academies

» The upper grade academies will generally be organized by career or academic focus, with

each academy oering multiple related career paths.

» Ninth Grade Academy Spaces

» The Ninth Grade Academy generally includes spaces similar to upper grade academies, with

the following unique requirements:

» Be physically separated from other academies to the extent practical.

» Facilitate student circulation from their academy to the media center, gymnasium,

administration, dining, and transportation without navigating through large groups

of upper grade students.

» Have its own administration and dining areas.

High School

144

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

145

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» The Ninth Grade Academy dining commons has the option to be

supported by a warming kitchen, or by the school’s main cooking kitchen.

It will have a serving line and a dining area similar to the main cafeteria.

» The Ninth Grade Academy Administration area is similar to other academy

administration suites.

» Academy Administration

» A waiting area with space for seating for up to six visitors.

» A secretary/support area with space for 1 open oce workstation to operate

phones, intercom, and support the academy administration.

» One oce for the Academy dean / assistant principal. Allow space for an

L-shaped desk and round table with 4 chairs.

» A secure le room with limited access for academy records. The GC shall provide

(1) 48” wide x 84” high x 24” deep lockable storage cabinet in each le room for

supplies, forms, and brochures. Include space for a total of 3 to 4 re-proof le

cabinets (larger units), per each academy. Fire-proof le cabinets will be provided

by the owner (not the GC).

» Provide a conference room with space for seating for 14 people.

» Provide casework, (1) ADA sink, and an under-counter refrigerator in each

conference room. Base casework shall be approximately 7’ long x 2’ deep.

Provide lockable upper cabinets (24” high x 12” deep). Sink basin shall be

stainless steel, approximately 14” x 16” x 6” deep with goose-neck lever

handle faucet. Provide outlets at the back of the counter.

Academic Areas

» General Classrooms

» General classrooms shall be standardized to provide exibility to move classes

between dierent grade levels.

» Casework and Equipment

» Provide built-in casework. Typically, classroom casework includes at least

one 36”W full height wardrobe and 12 LF of base and upper cabinets with

countertop. (I.e.: 36”W, 84”H, 24”D tall storage with adjustable shelves, 12’L,

30”H, 12”D upper storage units with adjustable shelves, 12’L, 34”H, 24”D

lower storage units with adjustable shelves and drawers).

» Key all storage alike within each classroom; each classroom storage key to

be unique.

» 28 LF of magnetic whiteboard and 4’x4’ tackboards with tack strip on top of

all boards.

» Science Classrooms and Laboratories

» Provide a minimum of one science laboratory per small learning

community. A general science classroom requires water, sink, electricity,

shelves, and cabinets. Consider an arrangement of two classrooms sharing

a single laboratory space.

» Arrange student stations in the laboratory so that students do not have

their backs to the teaching station (i.e. avoid perimeter workstations).

» This setup could include 4 islands for students to work in groups. Each

island includes 2 student sinks and utility connections (power, data, gas,

and water).

» Emphasize exibility and movable furniture layout.

» At least one group station shall be ADA compliant.

» Consider arrangement for the teaching station at a long wall, so that

students are not as far away from the teaching wall.

» Provide lots of white boards. No chalk boards.

» Provide retractable outlets from ceiling, like those in STEAM labs, to support

lab work done at tables. Ceiling outlets allow more modular/exible use of

the classroom. Watch the ceiling height and site lines.

» Plumbing:

» Provide master shut o valves for gas, water, and power near the teaching

wall.

» Provide a dual-head emergency eye-wash combined with shower in each

laboratory.

» All sciences require three sinks (see additional requirements for Chemistry

classrooms).

» Provide deep sinks only. Shallow sink sprays all over the place.

» Sinks shall have goose-neck faucets.

» Provide an ion exchange unit for water treatment for sinks.

» Provide a disposal.

» Note: Chemically treated biology parts are not disposed of in the sink.

» Owner will provide a re blanket in each laboratory.

» Provide an exhaust fan in each laboratory. Accommodate scientic equipment

heat loads when sizing HVAC equipment.

» Provide a variety of casework for storage options (minimum 80 LF).

Requirements as follows:

» Casework shall be wood, with epoxy resin counter-tops and sinks.

» Casework shall be lockable. Key locks within each laboratory alike, but unique to

each dierent laboratory.

» Include base cabinets with adjustable shelves, totes, and drawers. Include

18” deep upper cabinets with sliding glass doors. Include full height cabinets

(approximately 48” wide X 24” deep X 84” high with glass doors.

» Provide a hood for all science classrooms.

» Provide direct access to a prep room from the laboratory. Prep rooms may be

shared among laboratories. The laboratory prep room will include the following

items. Some equipment will be provided by the owner; coordinate with sta

architect:

» An epoxy resin sink with goose-neck faucet.

» Dishwasher (approximately 24” wide).

» Refrigerator (full size with freezer).

» Glass drying rack (approximately 36” X 36”).

» Similar range of casework storage options as in the laboratory.

» Space for shelving to store science equipment. Chemistry shelving needs to be

wood; other science shelving should be metal.

» Cabinets specically designed for chemical storage referred to as acid cabinets

which APS F&E will provide.

» Provide a chemical storage room (to be shared among science labs).

» Chemistry Classroom additional requirements:

» Only chemistry labs require gas. Gas is not required in classrooms for biology and

physics and environmental science and astrogeology.

» Chemistry rooms require six sinks.

High School

146

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

147

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» In Chemistry Labs, provide one fume hood each, 4 feet wide, with epoxy top and

cup sink, water, gas, power, and light, designed to be fully accessible.

» APS Risk Management maintains a list of chemicals used in high school science

programs and provides safety training for teachers. Chemicals may include

ammables, non-ammables, corrosives, acids, bases and others and may

require venting; chemicals must be stored in appropriate cabinets in a locked

room. GC should provide and install cabinets with direct ventilation.

» Some science classrooms will support digital labs. For these labs students use 1:1

devices

» Provide an outdoor garden area with irrigation.

» If a greenhouse is programmed for science, refer to the greenhouse

requirements in the general section.

» Computer Labs, Elective Labs, Flex Labs, and STEAM Spaces

» As 1:1 student devices become the District policy, dedicated computer labs, including

those for standards-based testing, are evolving into exible technology labs for

educational programs including STEAM. Verify the number of dedicated computer labs

with CMP during the programming design phase.

» Each lab shall have physical space and power/data capacity to accommodate 37

equal computer workstations (32 student and 5 support devices). Each station

shall be 36” wide X 30” deep.

» Electrical Engineer must conrm computer amps per device for circuit

requirements.

» Provide space for at least one ADA station per lab.

» Consider locating computer labs as centralized collaborative spaces within Small

Learning Communities and/or Academies.

» All wiring shall run in a wire/cable management system along or below the

counters. Provide overhead retractable cord reels with power. Minimum of (4)

cord reels each with duplex power.

» Avoid oor outlets and power poles.

» Consider a lab storage room for every 2 to 4 computer labs, based on location.

Include:

» Power and data to plug in the COW cart.

» Four 30” wide X 34” high X 24”deep lockable base cabinets with shelves.

» One 36” wide X 34” high X 24” deep six-drawer unit

» One ADA sink unit with 14” X 16” X 16” deep stainless steel sink with goose-

neck lever handle faucet

» 20 LF of upper cabinets made up of 36” wide X 24” high X 13” deep lockable

cabinets with two adjustable shelves, except for a shorter unit over the sink.

» Elective Labs

» Elective Labs, including technology and vocational labs, can be used for general science,

computer, or other hands-on learning curriculum. Labs can provide an industrial setting

for curriculum requiring the use of heavy machinery and/or noisy activities.

» Consider a maker space a place to cut wood, work with PVC, etc. for students to

build and test things.

» Locate elective labs for convenient access to associated academy(ies)

» Provide 200 SF of prep space in addition to classroom area for each elective

lab.

» Provide retractable outlets from ceiling, like those in STEAM labs, to support

lab work done at tables. Ceiling outlets allow more modular/exible use of

the classroom. Watch the ceiling height and site lines. Minimum (4) cord

reels each with duplex outlets.

» Project-based learning labs

» Verify program and space needs with CMP.

» Technology Education Lab

» A Technology Education Lab supports project-based learning. It is a cross-

curricular environment, with technology to solve problems, promote hands-

on fabrication opportunities, and support team building skills. Curricula may

include applied physics, general science, ight technology, robotics, power,

mechanics, electronics, and others.

» Provide a exible classroom that allows for multiple, collaborative

workstation congurations.

» One approach is to cluster computer workstation furniture into

pods (for example, seven pods of ve-sided workstations). Other

congurations may also be appropriate.

» Conguration should encourage collaborative, project-based

learning.

» Provide power and data to support the technology stations. Consider

retractable outlets from ceiling, like those in STEAM labs, to support

lab work done at tables.

» Provide space for 60” x 30” tables around the perimeter of the room with

wiremold on walls above table height.

» Provide built-in upper cabinets.

» Provide acoustic control, storage, whiteboards and tackboards, and pencil

sharpener block as for core classrooms.

» Project Studio

» The Project Studio is a shared resource area for students for project-based curriculum,

provided for specialized curriculum programs only. The studio can be co-located with

student team areas; it can be a room or an open informal area.

» Accommodate exible, movable furniture layouts.

» Provide a minimum of 10 Ln. ft. of casework including one 36”W, 84”H,

24”D storage unit with le drawers on the lower 2/3 and storage cabinets

above with adjustable shelves.

» Provide casework storage (approximately 7 LF). Include base storage

cabinets with adjustable shelves and minimum one 4-drawer cabinet;

countertop with back and side splashes, and upper storage cabinets with

adjustable shelving.

» Provide (1) 8’ whiteboard and (1) 4’ tackboard.

» Consider retractable outlets from ceiling, like those in STEAM labs, to

support lab work done at tables. Ceiling outlets allow more modular/

exible use of the classroom. Watch the ceiling height and site lines.

High School

148

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

149

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

Special Education Spaces

See Appendix B for requirements in addition to those noted below.

» Special education (SPED) requirements are the same as general education classrooms

except where noted. Special education spaces shall be distributed among the academies.

The APS Special Education Department aims to provide services to students in the least

restrictive environment possible, and to integrate SPED students (inclusion) with other

students to the greatest extent possible.

» General Notes for All Special Education Spaces

» All special education oces and conference spaces require sound isolation.

» Special education students may require specialized lighting with dierent

cycles, spectrum, ballast noise level, etc. Discuss HVAC, lighting, and other

systems designed for severely disabled students with the FD+C sta

architect and APS Special Education.

» Some space(s) may be classied as Institutional Occupancy under the

building code because some students may be generally incapable of self-

preservation, requiring specialized door controls.

Teacher Home Base

» Most High School teachers will not have assigned classrooms, but will teach in a

collegiate model, with the Home Base serving as an oce and professional collaboration

area.

» In the Ninth Grade Academy, provide 1 teacher home base for each small

learning community (or shared by 2 small learning communities).

» In Upper Grade Academies, provide teacher home bases as required to

accommodate general education sta. Each Upper Grade Academy home base

shall accommodate a similar number of teachers.

» Typically, science and special subject teachers have workstations within

classrooms, rather than in the home base.

» The home base is a collaborative work space and shall include a large conference

table.

» Provide space for conference table and seating. Allow for exibility of shapes and

lengths of furniture. Number of chairs may vary school to school.

» Provide countertop for shared printer and devices, with voice/data/power

connections.

» Provide space for systems furniture (with preference for built-in furniture, so

the program remains in tact and isn’t dismantled by current sta) in order to

accommodate each teacher served by the home base.

» Each workstation shall consist of 36” wide x 30” deep desk space with grommet

holes for cabling. Include a box/box/le pedestal with pencil tray in the top box

drawer, (1) 48” wide overhead ipper door storage unit, with task light below; (1)

48” wide tackboard below the overhead storage unit, and voice/data/power at

each workstation.

» The designer should accommodate the schools needs which may vary school to

school, and sometimes may include a wardrobe storage unit with top shelf and

wardrobe hanging rod for each teacher.

» Provide space for (1) 4 drawer vertical le or equivalent lateral le per teacher.

» Provide space for (2) 3’ wide x 1’ deep x 4’ high bookcases per teacher.

» Provide a break area in each home base with a refrigerator, single basin sink, and

microwave.

» Provide space for a small lounge seating area.

Teacher Workroom

» Each teacher workroom shall include:

» Space for a large work table and copy equipment to be provided by APS.

» Permanent lockable storage with shelving to accommodate storage of

paper, books, supplies, and audio-visual material.

» Base cabinets with countertop for workspace and equipment with upper

cabinets above.

» Double sink.

» Ability to accommodate a desk for an educational assistant.

» Dedicated circuits and outlets for equipment (possibly including ceiling

electrical drops).

» Polished concrete ooring.

» In the Ninth Grade Academy, provide 1 teacher workroom for each small learning

community (or shared by 2 small learning communities).

» In the Upper Grade Academies provide 1 teacher workroom per 1 to 2 teacher

home bases.

Specialized Classrooms

» Fine Arts Center (2D and 3D)

» The Fine Arts Center includes studios for photography, computer graphics, video

production, two-dimensional painting/drawing, and three-dimensional ceramics/

sculpture/jewelry.

» Locate ne arts studios adjacent to each other.

» Provide places to display the work. Consider dry erase walls to encourage

advertising of student performance. Provide display cases for student work.

» Provide a protected outdoor area/art patio for work and display.

» Provide kilns, see Appendix G.

» Allow for use of ceiling grid or exposed ceiling to hang work.

» Provide north light where feasible.

» Provide power and data similar to a general classroom.

» Provide infrastructure to accommodate technology in ne arts classrooms.

» Consider an outdoor performance venue in close proximity to the indoor

performance space.

» Consider a computer lab within, or near, the music suite, computer keyboarding,

composition and theory classes.

» Painting and Drawing

» Provide a classroom area.

» Include whiteboard, tackboard, and interactive whiteboard similar to general

classrooms.

» Casework requirements:

» Base cabinets (approximately 15 LF) with counter area (adjacent to or near

the sink) and open upper cabinets with adjustable shelving, and an integral

accessible counter space.

» Provide many outlets at the counters for glue guns and encaustic painting.

» Tall open storage with adjustable shelving or cubbies (approximately 6 LF).

High School

150

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

151

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» Combination (approximately 18 LF) of tall, open at storage for paper and

artwork, and base cabinet drawer units, with some countertop area.

» 5’ tall divided vertical storage (approximately 8 LF) for paper and mat board

supplies.

» Casework described above can be located in the classroom area and/or the

2D storage rooms.

» Sink requirements:

» One deep, wide stainless steel sink with integral drain boards and clay trap.

» Separate hand sink.

» Protective wall covering behind sinks.

» Provide storage room for supplies and easels.

» Provide an oce with visual access to the studio area.

» Ceramics, Sculpture, and Jewelry

» Provide classroom area.

» Allow space for shop tables (provided by owner).

» Include whiteboard, tackboard, and interactive whiteboard similar to general

classrooms.

» Provide space for a clay area with electric potter’s wheels and damp proof

cabinets.

» Include an open area to place models or still life.

» Casework requirements:

» Base cabinets with counter area (adjacent to sink) and open upper cabinets

with adjustable shelving (approximately 10 LF).

» Provide many outlets at the counters.

» Tall open storage with adjustable shelving or cubbies (approximately 18

LF).

» Sink requirements:

» One deep, wide stainless steel sink with integral drainboards and clay trap.

» Separate hand sink.

» Protective wall covering behind sinks.

» Provide kilns in a separate kiln room or structure with appropriate utilities

including power and exhaust. (See kiln specication in Appendix G)

» Kilns shall be provided and installed by the general contractor.

» Types of kilns may include a large gas-red kiln; two or more small electric

kilns; and possibly a raku kiln.

» Provide a thermostatically controlled kiln room exhaust fan separate from,

and in addition to, the kiln exhaust.

» Provide storage and drying rooms.

» Provide a damp clay storage area if desired by the school program.

» Provide an oce with visual access to the studio area.

» Computer Graphics

» The computer graphics lab shall support 32 student computers (minimum) and

one teacher station with appropriate power and data drops.

» Include whiteboard, tackboard, and interactive whiteboard similar to general

classrooms.

» Provide enclosed base cabinets (approximately 21 LF) with counter area and

upper cabinets with adjustable shelving.

» Provide an oce with visual access to the lab area.

» Film Studio

» The video studio consists of a larger studio for video recording, lming, and production

activities; and a smaller video editing/production studio. Support space includes storage,

and oce, and an optional sound-proof booth.

» Provide an oce with visual access to both the video studio and video editing

studio.

» Provide a storage room for video equipment, convenient to both the video

studio and the exterior.

» In the video studio,

» Include whiteboard, tackboard, and interactive whiteboard similar to core

classrooms.

» Provide sound isolation from other spaces as well as outdoor noise.

» Provide acoustic treatment to reduce reverberation time.

» Provide a curtain track for a “blue screen” which can be positioned along at

least two walls including one interior corner.

» Provide exposed ceiling structure and include power outlets in the ceiling

and means for attachment of lighting support systems.

» Access to the exterior is optional, but recommended. Students and

equipment often go outside and o-site for lming activities.

» A sound booth is optional. If provided, it is a free-standing acoustically-

isolated structure that is located in the video studio.

» The video editing studio is similar to a computer lab.

» Provide 15 student editing stations (minimum) and one teacher station.

» Student stations shall be 36” wide, minimum.

» Arrange the video editing studio similar to the computer graphics lab to

enable the teacher to observe all student screens from a single position.

(Individual video editing booths are an alternate arrangement, although

this arrangement is more dicult to supervise.)

» Locate the video editing studio adjacent to the video studio.

» Photography

» Provide a classroom area.

» Include whiteboard, tackboard, and interactive whiteboard similar to general

classrooms.

» Casework requirements:

» Base cabinets (approximately 10 LF) with counter area (adjacent to or near

the sink) and open upper cabinets with adjustable shelving.

» Tall open storage with adjustable shelving or cubbies (approximately 12

LF).

» Tall, open at storage (approximately 8 LF) for paper and artwork.

» Sink requirements:

» One deep, wide stainless steel sink with integral drainboards and clay trap.

» Separate hand sink.

» Protective wall covering behind sinks.

» Provide a dual-head emergency eye wash unit.

» Provide a ventilation hood over the acid sink with 4 hour twist timer control.

» Provide two lm loading booths, light-tight, with base cabinet, countertop and

High School

152

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

153

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

upper cabinets; “white” light for cleaning; need not be accessed through dark

room.

» Provide a storage room suitable for shelved items and large items.

» Provide an oce with visual access to the studio area.

» Provide a Dark Room with revolving darkroom door and a separate light-tight

emergency exit door. Include:

» 36” wide enlarger workstations (15-18) with countertop, dividers, with

provision for a curtain behind the student, and an above counter duplex

receptacle at each station for enlarger and portable safe light.

» Large freestanding photo developer sink with vent hood; photo wash sink

(three sides usable also with vent hood.

» Base cabinets and countertop (approximately 12 LF) with open large paper

storage shelving, and one 4 drawer unit, and upper wall cabinets.

» Normal (“white”) light illumination, 5000K non-uorescent xtures for

cleaning and general use, with a safety cover over the switch to prevent

inadvertent operation of switch.

» General safe light illumination (one way to do this is with suspended

indirect safe light xtures such as those made by Thomas Instrument

Company).

» Sinks connected to acid drain. Consider an automatic silver collection unit

for spent xative at the sink(s); discuss with teacher and determine volume

of silver recovery to be addressed.

» A dual-head emergency eye wash unit.

» Workroom accessed from the dark room only. In the workroom, provide a

tray sink with drain board, chemical shelf above sink, lm drying cabinet

with power receptacle, photo wash sink with vent hood, 6 LF of base

cabinets with countertop and upper cabinets, 2 countertop workstations

with 4-drawer units adjacent, receptacles at countertop locations, and safe

lights. Connect sink to acid drain. Consider an automatic silver collection

unit for the spent xative at the sink. Provide a dual-head emergency eye

wash unit.

» Dark room and dark room workroom to have white or light colored ceiling;

at black wall color up to 7 feet high; light gray wall color above; and light

gray oor color (ooring to be non-dusting).

» For dark room and dark room workroom position air supply, return (ltered)

and vent hoods to draw chemical fumes away from sink users’ faces. These

spaces should be slightly negative in pressure.

» Music Center

» Provide ensemble rooms for band, chorus and orchestra. Ensemble rooms may

be shared among programs, based on program need; coordinate with FD+C,

who will consult CMP.

» Provide individual and small group practice rooms

» Arrange practice rooms for visual supervision; consider locating directly o

of the main ensemble rooms.

» Provide a sound control room with power/data drops for recording band,

orchestra, and choir rehearsals. Include countertop, base cabinets and upper

cabinets with open workspace.

» Provide a sound isolated listening room with sound system connections to

sound control room.

» Provide additional space as required to accommodate music programs such as

guitar, piano, and mariachi; coordinate with FD+C, who will consult CMP.

» Acoustically isolate ensemble and other music program rooms from each other

and from the rest of the school.

» Floors shall be level; No built-in risers.

» Ceilings shall be about 18 feet high on average. Provide additional volume in the

band room, above the ceiling, to help with sound dissipation.

» Acoustically tune rooms and control reverberation time per ANSI S12.60. Options

include: non-parallel walls and ceilings, sound panels, and oor treatment.

» Provide wall protection (chair rails, corner guards) in large ensemble spaces.

» Provide infrastructure to accommodate technology in ne arts classrooms.

Provide speakers and A/V system for music classrooms.

» Provide storage as follows:

» Chorus will have storage rooms which accommodate space for choral risers,

10 le cabinets for music, and robes for choirs with clothes rods (all to be

provided by APS F&E).

» Orchestra will have storage rooms which accommodate space for 10 le

cabinets for music (to be provided by APS F&E), and built-in lockable

instrument storage cabinets with wall support and seismic requirements

(to be provided by GC).

» Verify equipment inventory/storage requirements with the school and APS

ne arts department.

» Band will have an exterior access with proximity to exterior practice marching

area, which may be a shared space.

» Band also requires GC provided built-in instrument storage with wall support.

Flexible Elective Classrooms And Other Optional Spaces

» Tiered Lecture Hall

» Tiered lecture hall to seat 200 students. Include the following:

» Fixed seating and work surface for 200 students.

» 16’ whiteboard anked by 4’ tackboards.

» Projector and projection screen sized for the space.

» Sound system for the room operated from a lectern.

» Greenhouse - Refer to greenhouse requirements in the general section.

» Career Technical Education

» Career Technical Education programs can be integrated into Academies. Most of the

programs can be housed in the programmed elective technology exible classroom

within the SLC’s. A few programs, notably the industrial arts shops, need specic spaces

tailored to the curriculum of the program. Traditional vocational/industrial arts programs

may be adapted to updated curriculum.

» Traditional career vocational/industrial arts programs can include:

» Culinary Arts

» Family and Consumer Science (Home Economics)

» Business

» Health Occupations

High School

154

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

155

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» Technology Education (Drafting and Graphic Arts, Metals, Woods, and

Transportation Technology)

» Culinary Arts Lab

» Provide one main instructional space with a commercial kitchen environment.

» Provide four rows of stainless steel student tables; each row to have two

9-foot student tables on each side of a two-compartment pot sink with

drain board on each side, and space for a food holding cart at each end

of the row. Provide two gas cooktops on each student table, space for a

mixer, and power for several small appliances. Provide sliding door storage

cabinets below the table tops on the teacher side, and space for stools on

the student side. Students need counters in the middle of each kitchen area

to work.

» Provide storage shelf at each student metal table.

» Provide (minimum) one ADA compliant student station.

» Provide a teacher’s demonstration area. Include a single-compartment sink

with drain boards on each side and stainless-steel enclosed utility pony wall for

services; stainless steel demonstration table with mirror, two gas cooktops and

space for mixer; 4’ mobile steel table; and mobile pot rack. Provide power for

small appliances.

» Provide giant interactive teaching board for teaching demonstrations.

» Floors: Provide slip-resistant surface.

» Classroom organization:

» Keep walls low so that teacher can see students. Supervision and clear sight lines

are required.

» Provide a principle cooking line. Include four convection ovens and one range/

oven under a commercial kitchen hood. Provide two stainless steel worktables

close by each with a stainless steel utility chase to ceiling cavity.

» Locate a secondary cooking area behind the teacher’s demonstration area.

Include one gas broiler, one 24” griddle, and one cheese melter under a

commercial kitchen hood. Provide a stainless steel prep table on each side of this

area.

» Provide a griddle, (preferred over a tilt skillet or braiser).

» Provide reach-in refrigerators and freezer near the secondary cooking area.

» Provide combination walk-in cooler and walk-in freezer, each 6’ x 6’, with remote

condensing unit and individual access door, and wire shelving.

» Provide a scullery area with a three-compartment sink, dish tables, dishwasher

with booster heater (consider solar hot water pre-heating), garbage disposal

with pre-rinse, and wire shelving rack for clean ware.

» The size of the deep three-compartment sinks in the professional kitchen

area should be able to accommodate the cooking sheets.

» Include a roll-up counter door and counter-top in the scullery area to serve

the culinary lab.

» Provide a washer and dryer area with table, under-table laundry hamper, shelf

above washer and dryer. Locate the washer and dryer area to minimize the

length of dryer exhaust vent piping.

» Provide storage for aprons.

» Provide student lockers to accommodate backpacks for a full class.

» Locate backpacks where students can watch their backpack.

» Provide a long, trough-type sink in this area for wash-up before and after class.

» Ventilation:

» Provide ventilation to exterior due to smells and steam. Not a recirculation vent,

not a charcoal vent.

» All cooking hoods must have re suppression.

» Provide a big exhaust hood at commercial kitchen.

» Provide operable windows with screens in classrooms.

» Culinary Arts Café / Dining Area

» Provide an instructional space with a commercial cafe environment. Classroom

doubles as café and hot bar.

» Include a mobile serving line consisting of a three-well hot table, cold table,

solid top buet table with display case, and small starter table; and one

small table with point-of-sale (POS) cash register nearby (voice/data drop

required).

» Include whiteboard, tackboard, and interactive whiteboard similar to core

classrooms.

» APS FF+E will furnish the classroom area with round tables and chairs.

» The room must meet environmental health requirements in order for the

cafe to sell food.

» Provide exterior access.

» Locate the culinary arts laboratory adjacent to the culinary arts classroom to

accommodate:

» Transportation of food to the mobile serving line, and

» Return of dirty dishes through the roll-up counter door to the scullery area.

» Culinary Arts Program Support Space

» Provide the following spaces to support Culinary Arts instructional areas:

» A secure, dry storage room with clothes rod for uniforms and wire rack shelving

and 3 ingredient bins.

» Separate chemicals and cleaning materials away from food.

» Separate food storage from work area.

» Provide a custodial closet with oor sink and shelf storage.

» Provide shelving for detergents.

» An appliance storage room with mobile wire shelving units.

» A teacher’s oce is not needed. If provided, include a window to the Culinary

Arts Classroom (and also to the Culinary Arts Laboratory if possible).

» If a greenhouse is programmed for the culinary arts program, refer to

greenhouse requirements in the general section.

» Family and Consumer Science (Home Economics)

» Historically, Home Economics space included a Food and Nutrition Lab and a Sewing

(Fashion) Lab; and may also include Child Development.

» The program has recently experienced a shortage of instructors. Verify program

need with CMP.

» The Food and Nutrition Lab has been replaced by the Culinary Arts program.

(See previous section for space requirements.)

» If providing residential kitchen areas, include a single-compartment sink.

» Provide induction stove in family area. Induction cook tops require

magnetic special pans.

High School

156

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

157

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

» The Sewing Lab (also known as: Fashion Lab) includes tables, chairs, sewing

machines, an oce, a storage area, a laundry area, and at least two tting areas.

» The Child Development Lab (also known as: Working With Young Children)

includes an observation area, a full kitchen (this is problematic with current

re code requirements), two restrooms for pre-K children and a restroom for

adults, and a fenced outdoor play area of at least 1,000 SF complying with APS

Playground Standards. The Child Development Lab is accessible to the public.

» Health Occupations

» This program may be a sports medicine, nursing, or dental, etc. program.

» A Health Occupation Lab is similar to a general classroom but includes 4 sinks.

» Health Occupation Support space includes an oce, a smaller classroom, and a

storage room.

» Business Education

» Business Education programs:

» Provide instruction in oce skills including keyboarding and accounting.

» Most business education programs can be housed in computer or technology

labs.

» Business Education lab requirements:

» Provide a lab space.

» Include a sink, and adequate power and data for business machines and

computers, with master power shut-o switches.

» Include whiteboard, tackboard, and technology as for a general classroom.

» DECA Classroom and Oce

» Most career technical student organizations can be accommodated after hours within

spaces provided for other programs. DECA is an exception in that is requires dedicated

spaces, including:

» A general education classroom.

» An oce with visual access to the classroom.

» A snack bar, see Snack Bars section for additional requirements.

» DECA classroom and oce should be adjacent to the snack for supervision ;

provide close proximity if adjacency is not possible.

» Technology Education (CAD and Graphic Arts, Woods Technology, Metals Technology,

Transportation Technology)

» Technology Education programs may include a Drafting and Graphic Arts program,

Woods Technology Shop, Metals Technology Shop, and Transportation (automotive

and aviation) Technology Shop. High schools may have one or more of the Technology

Education labs.

» Drafting and Graphics Arts may be part of the Fine Arts Curriculum.

» The programs have recently experienced a shortage of instructors. Verify

program need with CMP.

» Provide display cases, and at least 112 metal box lockers, in the hallway/lobby of

the Technology Education area. Lockers shall be 18” x 18” x 18” minimum.

» Some schools may include industrial cooperative training programs. These

would typically require a large classroom of about 1,000 SF, an oce, and a

storage/library room.

» See Appendix I for suggested equipment lists for Technology Education labs.

» Provide a separate room (about 250 SF) with sound isolation for compressors for

pneumatic / compressed air equipment.

» Drafting and Graphics Arts includes a computer lab (840 - 1,200 SF), an oce

(120 SF), a server room (120 SF), a plotter room (225 SF), a secure storage room

(245 SF), and a project storage room (200 SF).

» The server room shall be accessed from the oce, and shall not function as

the building area IDF room.

» Provide a 6” raised access oor over recessed slab throughout, except at

built-ins (including casework).

» In the computer lab, provide about 90 – 100 LF of countertop with base

cabinets, six 3’ workspaces, and eight 3’ open shelf units with one horizontal

shelf and the lower compartment divided into two spaces by a vertical

divider.

» In the plotter room, provide about 15 LF of space along a wall for

countertop with one 3’ workspace, one 3’ base cabinet, and 9 LF of two tier

vertical under-counter storage; also provide solid oor along wall for one

48 inch wide at le.

» In the project storage room and secure storage room, provide 24” deep

metal shelving.

» Provide a utility sink in the computer lab.

» Provide a full wall erasable marker surface with continuous tack strip for

display, marker dispenser, and tack tray.

» Provide a projection screen with overhead projector rough-in in the

computer lab.

» Woods Technology includes a laboratory (2,400 – 3,200 SF), classroom (600 – 750 SF), an

oce (120 SF), tools storage (400 SF), project storage (400 SF), and a nish area (220 SF).

» Provide exterior access for deliveries and outside work. Include a covered

exterior concrete slab of about 600 SF.

» Accommodate painting outside. If an interior paint area is also provided, note

that a Paint Spray Booth in accordance with the re code, and other applicable

codes, is required.

» Coordinate utility requirements with woodworking equipment.

» Indicate safety zones for woodworking equipment on oor surfaces.

» Provide dust collection.

» Provide a minimum of 156 lockers in the woods laboratory. Each locker shall be

at least 12” x 12” x 12”.

» Provide an eyewash and wash fountain in the woods shop. Include soap

dispenser (receives APS supplied pouch soap rells – verify specied model with

FD+C), towel dispenser and mirror.

» Metals Technology requires a laboratory (3,000 – 3,350 SF), classroom (600 – 750 SF), an

oce (120 SF), shop support/storage (1,200 SF), and welding room (540 SF).

» The laboratory will accommodate welding, foundry and forge, sheet metal,

pattern making, and machine tools.

» Provide exterior access for deliveries and outside work. Include an overhead door

and hoist beam with motorized crane hoist in the metals laboratory.

» Provide a covered exterior concrete slab of about 600 SF, prepped for welding.

» Accommodate painting outside. If an interior paint area is also provided, note

that a Paint Spray Booth in accordance with the re code, and other applicable

High School

158

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

159

School Design Guidelines 2023

Programmed Spaces: High School

codes, is required.

» Coordinate utility requirements with metal working equipment.

» Indicate safety zones for metal working equipment on oor slabs.

» In the welding room, provide an entry curtain, individual booths also with

curtains, and a 2A:20BC re extinguisher.

» Provide lockable cages in the shop support/storage area for supply and project

storage, gas manifolds, and tools.

» Provide a minimum of 112 lockers in the metals laboratory. Each locker shall be

at least 18” x 18” x 18”.

» Provide an eyewash and wash fountain in the metal shop. Include soap dispenser

(receives APS supplied pouch soap rells – verify specied model with FD+C),

towel dispenser and mirror.

» Transportation Technology requires a laboratory (2,600 - 3,300 SF) with 4 automotive

stalls comprising 2,400 SF, and a bench area of 900 SF; a classroom (600 SF) (can be

shared with other shops); oce (120 SF), tool area (180 SF); tool crib (180 SF); supply

storage (130 SF); equipment storage (135 SF).

» Space criteria and other requirements noted above may vary for programs that

focus on avionics.

» The laboratory shall include 4 automotive stalls (2,400 SF) and a bench area (900

SF).

» Depending on program needs, welding booths may be required.

» Coordinate requirements for utilities, including water, gas, compressed air, and

power, for shop equipment.

» Provide a screened exterior space for storage of automobiles.

» Accommodate equipment safety requirements, including handling and storage

of hazardous uids.

» Provide an eyewash and wash fountain in the transportation laboratory. Include

soap dispenser (receives APS supplied pouch soap rells – verify specied model

with FD+C), towel dispenser, and mirror.

Other School Support

» Education Program Storage

» Education program storage rooms are assigned at each grade level, or by

academy. Provide 12 plastic laminate cabinets 36” wide x 84” high x 24” deep

with lockable shelving units.

» 1 General storage area shall be accessed from the exterior, via double doors/

removable mullion for yard equipment.

» Custodial Space

» Provide sucient custodial areas with hot and cold water to support ecient

cleaning of all permanent and portable facilities. Custodial areas shall be

conveniently distributed in a manner that is appropriate to serve entire school.

See General Requirements for detailed custodial space needs. The High School

needs include:

» At least 1 custodial closet per building and per story.

» Minimum of 6 interior custodial areas per high school.

» (1) 200 SF custodial room shall accommodate space for supplies and a desk.

The remainder of custodial closets shall be 65 SF each.

» Provide access to the roof in some of the custodial storage areas or nearby

storage rooms (if not provided at exit stair towers).

» Site Recreation

» PE uses outside facilities, track, and elds, in fall and spring. In winter PE will use

just inside space.

» Share athletic facilities seasonally to maximize ecient use of facilities.

» All High School sports and elds must meet NFHS regulations including size/

dimensions.

» Verify if HS elds are open to the community. Typically the campus is locked by

5:30 PM.

» No lights required at site recreation facilities. Provide lighting only as required

to prevent theft of bleachers. (Home night games are played at district athletic

complexes or stadiums).

» Refer to the Site Recreation general section for additional requirements.

High School

161

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

160

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Appendix A: Fencing Requirements

» Chain Link Fencing

» Steel Wire Fabric: Metallic-coated 9 gauge wire.

» Mesh Size: 2”

» Weight of Metallic (Zinc) Coating: ASTM A 392, Type II, Class 1, 1.2 ounce/square

foot with zinc coating applied before weaving.

» Coat selvage ends of fabric that is metallic coated before the weaving process

with manufacturer’s standard clear protective coating.

» Selvage: Knuckled top and bottom, or as indicated in the drawings.

» Wind Screen, Provide in locations if indicated on drawings or directed by APS

personnel. Typical material to be ci-Permatex black mesh vinyl coated polyester

fabric, with 85% opacity manufactured by ci Fabrics 800-622-7169 or approved

substitution.

» Framing

» Posts and Rails: Comply with ASTM F 1043 for framing and the following:

» Group IA, round steel pipe, Schedule 40.

» Post Size and Thickness: According to ASTM F 1043.

» Top Rail: 1-5/8 inches O.D., unless otherwise noted in the drawings.

» Line Post: 2-3/8 inches O.D., unless otherwise noted in the drawings.

» End, Corner and Pull Post: 2-7/8 inches O.D., 4.64 pounds per foot, unless

otherwise noted in the drawings.

» Coating for Steel Framing: Type C, Zn-5-Al-MM alloy, consisting of not less than

1.8 ounce/square foot coating.

» Tension Wire

» General: Provide horizontal tension wire extended along bottom of fence fabric.

» Metallic-Coated Steel Wire: 7 gauge, marcelled tension wire complying with

ASTM A 817, ASTM A 824, and Type II, zinc coated (galvanized) by hot-dip

process, with matching chain link fabric coating weight.

» Fittings

» Post and Line Caps: Provide for each post.

» Rail Fittings: provide the following where indicated in the drawings or directed

by APS personnel:

» Top Rail Sleeves: Pressed-steel or round-steel tubing not less than 6 inches

long.

» Rail Clamps: Line and corner boulevard clamps for connecting rails in the

fence line-to-line posts.

» Chain Link Fence Installations

» Chain Link Fabric: Fabric for athletic elds shall be applied to the inside of posts

adjacent to the eld of play. Leave 1 inch between nish grade or surface and

bottom selvage, unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails,

and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after

pulling force is released.

» Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the

fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent

removal of nuts.

» Welded Metal Fencing

» Egress Gates at Security

APPENDIX

Section 08

Appendix

162

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

163

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Appendix B: Special Education Design Standards

» Conceptual Drawings

» The following are conceptual drawings of the Ancillary Support Suite at Hubs

and Non-Hubs for elementary, middle, and high schools:

» Standard Ancillary Support Suite for Elementary and Middle School

Standard Ancillary Support Suite, Elementary and Middle School

Student Population Size (sq. ft)

Instructional/Therapy Space with Swing (OT/PT and APE) 500

Therapy space Storage (OT/PT and APE) 90

Oce Workstation Hub (60 sf each, 2 workstations)1 120

Private Student Meeting Area2 130

Total 840

1. (Social Workers, Speech Language Pathologist, Occupational Therapists, Physical Therapists,

Adapted PE teacher). For every 2.0 FTE, 1 workstation area (2:1 ratio) is to be utilized uidly by various

ancillary sta assigned to a school. The number of workstation areas is contingent on FTE allocation

and shall be determined at the time of design program of space.

2. One Private Student Meeting Area for every 2.0 FTE. To be used uidly by ancillary sta. The number

of Private Student Meeting Areas is contingent on FTE allocation and shall be determined at the time

of design program of space.

» Hub Ancillary Support Suite for Elementary and Middle School

Hub Ancillary Support Suite, Elementary and Middle School

Space Size (sq. ft.)

Instructional/Therapy Space with Swing (OT/PT and APE) 840

Therapy space Storage (OT/PT and APE) 90

Oce Workstation Hub (60 sf each, 2 workstations)1 120

Private Student Meeting Area2 130

Total 1,180

1. (Social Workers, Speech Language Pathologist, Occupational Therapists, Physical Therapists,

Adapted PE teacher). For every 2.0 FTE, 1 workstation area (2:1 ratio) is to be utilized uidly by various

ancillary sta assigned to a school. The number of workstation areas is contingent on FTE allocation

and shall be determined at the time of design program of space.

2. One Private Student Meeting Area for every 2.0 FTE. To be used uidly by ancillary sta. The number

of Private Student Meeting Areas is contingent on FTE allocation and shall be determined at the time

of design program of space.

APPENDIX

164

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

165

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

» High School Ancillary Support Suite

High School Ancillary Suite Support Spaces

Space Size (sq. ft.)

Instructional/Therapy Space with Swing (OT/PT) 840

Therapy space Storage (OT/PT) 90

Oce Workstation Hub (60 sf each, 4 stations)1 240

Private Student Meeting Area A 2 130

Total 1,430

1. To be used uidly by Social Workers, Speech Language Pathologist, Occupational Therapists,

Physical Therapists, Adapted PE teacher. For every 2.0 FTE, 1 workstation area (2:1 ratio) is to be

utilized uidly by various ancillary sta assigned to a school. The number of workstation areas is

contingent on FTE allocation and shall be determined at the time of design program of space.

2. One Private Student Meeting Area for every 2.0 FTE. To be used uidly by ancillary sta. The number

of Private Student Meeting Areas is contingent on FTE allocation and shall be determined at the time

of design program of space.

» Intensive Global Support (IGS) Levels I & II Program Classroom Suite

» The following are conceptual drawings of the Ancillary Support Suite at Hubs

and Non-Hubs for elementary, middle, and high schools:

» Intensive Global Supports I and Intensive Global Supports II Classroom Spaces

» IGS Level I students are building independence. IGS Level II students are

dependent and may have feeding issues among other medical conditions.

» At all school levels, IGS classrooms are designed in sets of two with the objective

of sharing the restroom and kitchenette.

» (C) Classroom – Standard classroom design including sink. 840 SF

» (S) Storage – 1 individual storage area for each classroom at 80 SF each and

1 shared storage area for both classrooms at 160 SF each. See diagram for

optimal spatial layout.

» (K) Shared Kitchenette – The shared kitchenette is 70 SF and provides ADA

access. It includes an area for stacked washer and dryer, an area for an

eciently sized refrigerator, a counter with sink, and a microwave above

the sink. Storage cabinets are also provided above the counter area (doors/

no doors).The microwave is not for student use.

» (R) ADA restroom – 110 SF with standard changing table (motorized for

height).

» Doors throughout the classroom and shared suite are placed in locations where

they do not block the accommodation and placement of a Hoyer or Arjo lifting

system near the shared rest room.

» The Arjo or Hoyer lifting system is generally placed within the classroom so that

the instructor can easily access this device for use within the restroom or within

the classroom space. These systems are used to lift non-ambulatory students.

» No Shower is needed within IGS facility space. Shower amenities are provided

through Nurse’s Oce.

» Furniture solution: Playtex diaper genie or similar product for odorless diaper

disposal

APPENDIX

166

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

167

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

» The following is a conceptual drawing of Intensive Global Support (IGS) classroom space

for all grade levels.

Intensive Global Support I and II Classroom Spaces: Elementary, Middle, and High School

Space Size (sq. ft.)

Classrooms (2 at 840 sq. ft. each) 1680

Shared Kitchenette 70

ADA Restroom with changing table 110

Storage area (1 per classroom at 80 sq. ft. each and 1 shared for both

classrooms at 160 sq. ft.)

320

Total 2180

Note: These spaces are designed as two classrooms spaces with shared kitchenette, shared restroom,

and individual storage areas.

» Current District SPED Program Designations

» In spring 2017, APS SPED underwent a program restructuring; new program

name designations are reected below:

Current Term Denition Former Term

SES1 (Social Emotional Support Services Level 1)

Signicant emotional

challenges which

impact adaptive

behavior skills.

SES2 (Social Emotional Support Services Level 2) PACES

IGS1 (Intensive Global Support Services Level 1)

Signicant global

learning decits

and global adaptive

behavior skills decits.

FSP

IGS2 (Intensive Global Support Services Level 2) ISP

SCS1 (Social and Communication Support Services

Level 1)

Signicant

communication and

social skills decits

which impact other

adaptive behavior

skills.

AU-Social

Communication

SCS2 (Social and Communication Support Services

Level 2)

AU-Independent

Communication

SCS3 (Social and Communication Support Services

Level 3)

AU-Emerging

APPENDIX

168

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

169

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

» Elementary School Special Education Design Standards

» Consult with Capital Master Plan at the time of design program of space

to determine the types and numbers of SPED spaces needed. Not all SPED

programs are delivered at every school.

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SPECIAL EDUCATION DESIGN STANDARDS

SPED Instructional

Classrooms

PTR Non‐Hub Description

Non Hub

Total SF

Co‐located

District

Hub

Description

Co‐Located

Hub

Total SF

Gifted 24 840 SF General Classroom 840

same as

non‐hub

840

Cross Categorical

8 to

840 SF General Classroom 840

same as

non‐hub

840

District Early

Childhood

(Developmental

Preschool Program)/

Kindergarten1

Development Preschool Program

classrooms shall be constructed

in 2 classroom units. Each

classroom shall be 1,250 SF to

include private ADA

bathroom with changing table

and storage.2

1250

same as

non‐hub

1250

Levels 1 and 2: Social

Emotional Support

Services

(SES 1 and SES 2)

815 SF Classroom and 25 SF quiet

room for a total 840 SF. The Quiet

Room to have the following

components: oor and walls

surfaces made from durable and

cleanable materials that cannot

be easily damaged, no outlets or

light switches on interior walls.3

and 5

840

same as

non‐hub

840

Levels 1 and 2:

Intensive Global

Support Services

(IGS 1 and IGS2)

IGS classrooms are designed in

sets of two with the objective of

sharing the restroom, kitchenette

and storage. The classroom is a

standard classroom including

sink for 840 SF. Each classroom

shall have 1 storage area of 80

SF each and 1 shared storage

area of 160 SF (80 SF each). The

shared kitchenette is 70 SF and

provides ADA access. It includes

an area for stacked washer

and dryer (ADA compliant),

an area for an eciently sized

refrigerator, a counter with sink,

and a microwave above the

sink. Storage cabinets are also

provided above the counter

area (doors/no doors).The

microwave is not for student use.

The ADA restroom is 110 SF and

has a standard changing table

(motorized to adjust height).

Doors throughout the classroom

and shared suite are placed in

locations where they do not

block the accommodation and

placement of a Hoyer or Arjo

lifting system near the shared

restroom.4

840 SF plus

storage

and shared

Kitchenette

and

Restroom

same as

non‐hub

840 SF plus

storage

shared

Kitchenette

and

Restroom

Levels 1, 2, and

3: Social and

Communication

Support Services (SCS

1, SCS 2, and SCS 3)

815 SF Classroom and 25 SF quiet

space (to include specialized

lighting and furniture) for a total

840 SF Quiet space is meant to

refocus and relax; quiet space can

be accomplished with furniture.3

and 5

840

same as

non‐hub

840

SPED Administration Spaces Non‐Hub Description Total SF

Co‐located

District

Hub

Description

Total SF

Individualized Educational

Plan (IEP) Meeting Room

A space for 16 people (240 SF).

Include VOIP capabilities with Active

Panel and data.

240

same as non‐

hub

240

Head SPED Teacher6 Oce with VOIP capabilities 120

same as non‐

hub

120

SPED Assistant Principal6 Oce with VOIP capabilities 120

same as non‐

hub

120

APPENDIX

170

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

171

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

SPED Administration

Spaces

Non‐Hub Description Total SF

Co‐located

District

Hub

Description

Total

The SPED Ancillary Support Suite will accommodate the following sta: Social Worker (SW), Speech

Language Pathologist (SLP), Occupational Therapist (OT), and Physical Therapist (PT), and Adapted

PE (APE). The suite includes: instructional/therapy space with swing, therapy space storage, oce

workstation hub (based on FTE), and private student meeting area.7

Instructional/Therapy

Space

This space includes an area for a table

to provide 1:1 student instruction. This

room includes a ceiling hook for a therapy

swing that is located at the center of the

open space relative to the edge of the

student instructional area. A whiteboard

is required for instruction. Furniture needs

include non‐built‐in cubbies with counter

and a wardrobe for storage. No active

panels are needed. Through scheduling,

this space is designed to be used uidly

by all ancillary sta, giving priority to OT/

PT therapy instruction and service needs.

To have adjacent access to the Oce

workstation hub to facilitate ancillary sta

circulation.

500

Instructional/

Therapy

Space at a

collocated

hub is larger.

840

Therapy Space Storage

A storage area is provided with direct

access to the OT/PT instructional therapy

space. Double doors are provided, similar

to doors found in a gym, providing access

for wide equipment. The storage room

also features vertical storage shelves.

same as non‐

hub

Oce Workstation Hub8

An oce area to accommodate two

workstations and cabinet to store

personal belongings. More than two

people, reecting that ancillary sta

positions are often part‐time, may use

the two workstations. Various ancillary

sta assigned to the school will use the

two workstations uidly. VOIP capabilities

are provided as per oce standards. The

oce workstation has access to the one‐

on‐one private Student Meeting Area.

120

same as non‐

hub

120

Private Student Meeting

Area9

A private area with adjacent access to the

oce workstation area will allow ancillary

sta to meet privately with students for

delivery of instruction or service. This

area will accommodate a small table and

chairs for 2 to 4 people. VOIP capabilities

provided.

130

same as non‐

hub

130

1. Pre‐School outdoor play area and Bathroom to 3‐5 year old standard

2. PreK classrooms will share an appliance area: a refrigerator is needed; only one appliance area

is needed in school for pair of DPP programs; sink for food prep ‐ these spaces are for adult use;

Instructional kitchenette not needed for student instruction at the PreK level.

3. See detailed SPED standards regarding surfaces and xtures in Quiet Spaces.

4. Resilient ooring in the OT/PT and IGS classrooms is preferred over carpet.

5. IGS classrooms shall be constructed in 2 classroom units with shared Appliance and Bathroom areas

for a total of 2,180 SF.

6. Close proximity to school restrooms are given preference to District Programs SES and SCS

classrooms over the general 1st through 5th grades classrooms.

7. To facilitate Ancillary Sta collaboration and exible, functional space, VOIP capabilities are to be

outtted throughout the Ancillary Support Suite.

8. For every 2.0 FTE, 1 workstation area (2:1 ratio) is to be utilized uidly by various ancillary sta

assigned to a school. The number of workstation areas is contingent on FTE allocation and shall be

9. For every 2.0 FTE, one private student meeting area is needed (2:1 ratio). The number of private

student meeting areas shall be determined at the time of design program of space.

» Middle School Special Education Design Standards

» Consult with Capital Master Plan at the time of design program of space

to determine the types and numbers of SPED spaces needed. Not all SPED

programs are delivered at every school.

MIDDLE SCHOOL SPECIAL EDUCATION DESIGN STANDARD

SPED Instructional

Classrooms

PTR Non‐Hub Description

Non Hub

Total SF

Co‐located

District

Hub

Description

Co‐Located

Hub

Total SF

Gifted 24 840 SF General Classroom 840

same as

non‐hub

840

Cross Categorical

8 to

840 SF General Classroom 840

same as

non‐hub

840

Levels 1 and 2: Social

Emotional

Support Services (SES 1

and SES 2)

815 SF Classroom and 25 SF

quiet room for a total 840 SF.

The Quiet Room to have the

following components: oor

and walls surfaces made from

durable and cleanable materials

that cannot be easily damaged,

no outlets or light switches on

interior walls.1 and 3

1250

same as

non‐hub

1250

APPENDIX

172

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

173

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Levels 1 and 2: Intensive

Global Support Services

(IGS 1 and IGS2)

IGS classrooms are designed in

sets of two with the objective

of sharing the restroom,

kitchenette and storage.

The classroom is a standard

classroom including sink for 840

SF. Each classroom shall have

1 storage area of 80 SF each

and 1 shared storage area of

160 SF (80 SF each). The shared

kitchenette is 70 SF and provides

ADA access. It includes an area

for stacked washer and dryer,

an area for an eciently sized

refrigerator, a counter with sink,

and a microwave above the

sink. Storage cabinets are also

provided above the counter

area (doors/no doors).The

microwave is not for student use.

The ADA restroom is 110 SF and

has a standard changing table

(motorized to adjust height).

Doors throughout the classroom

and shared suite are placed in

locations where they do not

block the accommodation and

placement of a Hoyer or Arjo

lifting system near the shared

restroom.4

840 SF plus

storage

and shared

Kitchenette

and

Restroom

same as

non‐hub

840 SF plus

storage

shared

Kitchenette

and

Restroom

Levels 1, 2, and 3: Social

and

Communication

Support Services (SCS 1,

SCS 2, and SCS 3)

815 SF Classroom and 25

SF quiet space (to include

specialized lighting and

furniture) for a total 840 SF

Quiet space is meant to refocus

and relax; quiet space can be

accomplished with furniture.1

and 3

840

same as

non‐hub

840

SPED Administration Spaces Non‐Hub Description Total SF

Co‐located

District

Hub

Description

Total SF

Individualized Educational

Plan (IEP) Meeting Room

A space for 16 people (240 SF).

Include VOIP capabilities with

Active Panel and data.

240

same as

non‐hub

240

Head SPED Teacher4 Oce with VOIP capabilities 120

same as

non‐hub

120

SPED Assistant Principal4 Oce with VOIP capabilities 120

same as

non‐hub

120

SPED Administration

Spaces

Non‐Hub Description Total SF

Co‐located

District

Hub

Description

Total SF

The SPED Ancillary Support Suite will accommodate the following sta: Social Worker (SW), Speech

Language Pathologist (SLP), Occupational Therapist (OT), and Physical Therapist (PT), and Adapted PE.

The suite includes: instructional/therapy space with swing, therapy space storage, oce workstation

hub (based on FTE), and private student meeting area.5

Instructional/Therapy

Space

This space includes an area for a table

to provide 1:1 student instruction.

This room includes a ceiling hook for

a therapy swing that is located at the

center of the open space relative to the

edge of the student instructional area.

A whiteboard is required for instruction.

Furniture needs include non‐built‐in

cubbies with counter and a wardrobe

for storage. No active panels are

needed. Through scheduling, this space

is designed to be used uidly by all

ancillary sta, giving priority to OT/PT

therapy instruction and service needs.

To have adjacent access to the Oce

workstation hub to facilitate ancillary

sta circulation.

500

Instructional/

Therapy Space

at a collocated

hub is larger.

840

Therapy Space Storage

A storage area is provided with direct

access to the OT/PT instructional

therapy space. Double doors are

provided, similar to doors found in

a gym, providing access for wide

equipment. The storage room also

features vertical storage shelves.

same as non‐

hub

Oce Workstation

Hub6

An oce area to accommodate two

workstations and cabinet to store

personal belongings. More than two

people, reecting that ancillary sta

positions are often part‐time, may

use the two workstations. Various

ancillary sta assigned to the school

will use the two workstations uidly.

VOIP capabilities are provided as per

oce standards. The oce workstation

has access to the one‐on‐one private

Student Meeting Area.

120

same as non‐

hub

120

APPENDIX

174

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

175

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Private Student

Meeting Area7

A private area with adjacent access to

the oce workstation area will allow

ancillary sta to meet privately with

students for delivery of instruction or

service. This area will accommodate a

small table and chairs for 2 to 4 people.

VOIP capabilities provided.

130

same as non‐

hub

130

1. See detailed SPED standards regarding surfaces and xtures in Quiet Spaces

2. IGS classrooms shall be constructed in 2 classroom units with shared Appliance and Bathroom areas

for a total of 2,180 SF.

3. Close proximity to school restrooms are given preference to District Programs SES and SCS

classrooms over the general 6th through 8th grades classrooms.

4. Head SPED teacher and SPED Assistant Principal oces are contingent on FTE allocation and

educational program at the time of design program of space. Not all schools have designated SPED

administrative support.

5. To facilitate Ancillary Sta collaboration and exible, functional space, VOIP capabilities are to be

outtted throughout the Ancillary Support Suite.

6. For every 2.0 FTE, 1 workstation area (2:1 ratio) is to be utilized uidly by various ancillary sta

assigned to a school. The number of workstation areas is contingent on FTE allocation and shall be

determined at the time of design program of space.

7. For every 2.0 FTE, one private student meeting area is needed (2:1 ratio). The number of private

student meeting areas shall be determined at the time of design program of space.

» High School Special Education Design Standards

» Consult with Capital Master Plan at the time of design program of space

to determine the types and numbers of SPED spaces needed. Not all SPED

programs are delivered at every school.

HIGH SCHOOL SPECIAL EDUCATION DESIGN STANDARDS

SPED Instructional

Classrooms

PTR Non‐Hub Description

Non Hub

Total SF

Gifted 24 840 SF General Classroom 840

Cross Categorical

8 to

840 SF General Classroom 840

Levels 1 and 2: Social

Emotional

Support Services (SES 1 and

SES 2)

815 SF Classroom and 25 SF quiet room for a total

840 SF. The Quiet Room to have the following

components: oor and walls surfaces made from

durable and cleanable materials that cannot be

easily damaged, no outlets or light switches on

interior walls.1 and 3

1250

Levels 1 and 2: Intensive

Global Support Services

(IGS 1 and IGS2)

IGS classrooms are designed in sets of two with

the objective of sharing the restroom, kitchenette

and storage. The classroom is a standard classroom

including sink for 840 SF. Each classroom shall have

1 storage area of 80 SF each and 1 shared storage

area of 160 SF (80 SF each). The shared kitchenette

is 70 SF and provides ADA access. It includes an

area for stacked washer and dryer, an area for an

eciently sized refrigerator, a counter with sink,

and a microwave above the sink. Storage cabinets

are also provided above the counter area (doors/

no doors).The microwave is not for student use.

The ADA restroom is 110 SF and has a standard

changing table (motorized to adjust height). Doors

throughout the classroom and shared suite are

placed in locations where they do not block the

accommodation and placement of a Hoyer or Arjo

lifting system near the shared restroom.4

840 SF plus

storage

and shared

Kitchenette

and

Restroom

Levels 1, 2, and 3: Social and

Communication Support

Services (SCS 1, SCS 2, and

SCS 3)

815 SF Classroom and 25 SF quiet space (to include

specialized lighting and furniture) for a total 840

SF Quiet space is meant to refocus and relax; quiet

space can be accomplished with furniture.1 and 3

840

SPED Administration Spaces Non‐Hub Description Total SF

Individualized Educational Plan

(IEP) Meeting Room

A space for 16 people (240 SF). Include VOIP

capabilities with Active Panel and data.

240

Head SPED Teacher4 Oce with VOIP capabilities 120

Transition Specialist4 Oce with VOIP capabilities 120

SPED Assistant Principal4 Oce with VOIP capabilities 120

SPED Administration Spaces Non‐Hub Description Total SF

The SPED Ancillary Support Suite will accommodate the following sta: Social Worker (SW), Speech

Language Pathologist (SLP), Occupational Therapist (OT), and Physical Therapist (PT), and Adapted PE.

The suite includes: instructional/therapy space with swing, therapy space storage, oce workstation

hub (based on FTE), and private student meeting area.5

Instructional/Therapy Space

This space includes an area for a table to provide

1:1 student instruction. This room includes a

ceiling hook for a therapy swing that is located at

the center of the open space relative to the edge

of the student instructional area. A whiteboard is

required for instruction. Furniture needs include

non‐built‐in cubbies with counter and a wardrobe

for storage. No active panels are needed. Through

scheduling, this space is designed to be used uidly

by all ancillary sta, giving priority to OT/PT therapy

instruction and service needs. To have adjacent

access to the Oce workstation hub to facilitate

ancillary sta circulation.

840

APPENDIX

176

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

177

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Therapy Space Storage

A storage area is provided with direct access to the OT/PT

instructional therapy space. Double doors are provided,

similar to doors found in a gym, providing access for wide

equipment. The storage room also features vertical storage

shelves.

Oce Workstation Hub6

An oce area to accommodate two workstations and

cabinet to store personal belongings. More than two

people, reecting that ancillary sta positions are often

part‐time, may use the two workstations. Various ancillary

sta assigned to the school will use the two workstations

uidly. VOIP capabilities are provided as per oce

standards. The oce workstation has access to the one‐on‐

one private Student Meeting Area.

240

Private Student Meeting Area7

A private area with adjacent access to the oce

workstation area will allow ancillary sta to meet privately

with students for delivery of instruction or service. This

area will accommodate a small table and chairs for 2 to 4

people. VOIP capabilities provided.

2 @ 130

sq. ft.each

1. See detailed SPED standards regarding surfaces and xtures in Quiet Spaces

2. IGS classrooms shall be constructed in 2 classroom units with shared Appliance and Bathroom areas

for a total of 2,180 SF.

3. Close proximity to school restrooms are given preference to District Programs SES and SCS

classrooms over the general 6th through 8th grades classrooms.

4. Head SPED teacher and SPED Assistant Principal oces are contingent on FTE allocation and

educational program at the time of design program of space. Not all schools have designated SPED

administrative support.

5. To facilitate Ancillary Sta collaboration and exible, functional space, VOIP capabilities are to be

outtted throughout the Ancillary Support Suite.

6. For every 2.0 FTE, 1 workstation area (2:1 ratio) is to be utilized uidly by various ancillary sta

assigned to a school. The number of workstation areas is contingent on FTE allocation and shall be

determined at the time of design program of space.

7. For every 2.0 FTE, one private student meeting area is needed (2:1 ratio). The number of private

student meeting areas shall be determined at the time of design program of space.

Appendix C: Student Health Equipment

» Provided by Owner

» Wheelchair

» Computer(s)/Printer(s)

» Scale

» Stadiometer (wall-mounted)

» Cots

» Phones

» Free-standing furniture

» Fire-proof cabinet(s) (1 per 500 students)

» Trash cans

» Audiometer

» Vision screening equipment

» Otoscope

» Stethoscope

» Blood pressure cus

» Sharps container

» Paper cup dispenser

» Provided by Nursing Services

» Reference books

» First aid and triage supplies

APPENDIX

178

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

179

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Appendix D: Food Service

Space

Number of Meals Served per Day

200 201-400 401-600 601-800

801-

1,200

1,201-

1,500

Receiving 45 55 70 80 90 120

Can Wash / Dry 50 60 85 115 135 155

Sta Toilets/Lockers 100 200 200 200 225 250

Janitor Closet/Storage 50 55 70 80 90 115

Oces 50 65 90 110 145 155

Dry Storage 200 250 350 450 550 650

Fridge/Freezer 130 175 250 350 500 700

Prep/Cooking 500 550 650 750 900 1,150

Pot/Pan Washing 75 80 95 105 120 140

Serving 250 325 650 1,000 1,300 1,600

Dining 800 1,200 2,000 2,800 3,400 4,000

Dish/Tray Washing 100 125 175 225 300 375

Total NSF 2,350 3,140 4,685 6,265 7,755 9,410

From: National Food Service Management

Institute

Appendix E: Kitchen Appliance Guidelines

High School Kitchen Equipment List (Example from AHS)

Item No. Quantity Description

1 1 S/S 3-COMPARTMENT SINK

2 4 S/S HAND SINK

3 LOT POT & PAN STORAGE SHELVING

4 8 S.S WORK TABLES

5 1 40 QT. MIXER

6 LOT FREEZER REFRIGERATION SYSTEM

7 LOT WALK-IN STORAGE SHELVING

8 LOT COOLER REFRIGERATION SYSTEM

9 LOT WALK-IN COOLER / FREEZER

10 1 FLY FAN

11 LOT DRY STORAGE SHELVING

12 1 HOT-TOP RANGE

13 1 TILTING SKILLET

14 1 S/S FLOOR TROUGH

15 2 DOUBLE CONVECTION OVENS

16 2 ROLL-THRU REFRIGERATORS

17 2 PASS-THRU HEATED CABINETS

18 1 S/S GRAB-N-GO COUNTER

19 1 DROP-IN FROST PLATE

20 1 HEATED MERCHANDISER

21 2 MILK DIPENSERS

22 1 S/S TRAY SLIDE

23 1 S/S CASHIER'S COUNTER

24 1 P.O.S. COMPUTER (N.I.C)

25 2 FLAT-TOP COUNTERS

26 1 HOT FOOD COUNTER

27 1 SNEEZE GUARD

28 1 COLD FOOD COUNTER

29 1 SNEEZE GUARD

30 1 FLAT-TOP COUNTER

31 1 S/S SLIDE TRAY

32 23 S/S CORNER GUARDS

33 4 BUN PACK RACKS

1 1 S/S 3-COMPARTMENT SINK

2 4 S/S HAND SINK

3 LOT POT & PAN STORAGE SHELVING

APPENDIX

180

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

181

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Appendix F: Active Panel

» Active Panel (aka: Interactive teaching Boards): Promethean Active-Panel Touch

large screen high denition at screen on mobile stand. Provide power and data

connections at teaching wall.

Appendix G: Kiln Standards

» Elementary, middle, and high schools typically get the same (or similar) electric

kiln. High school art programs may require more than one electric kiln, as well

as a gas kiln. Kiln needs for all programs shall be evaluated during design. Both

types of kilns shall be installed inside of a building (no exterior kilns).

» Approved Electric Kiln Manufacturer (or approved equal) for all Elementary, Middle, and

High Schools

» Skutt Ceramic Products

» Address: 6441 SE Johnson Creek Blvd., Portland, OR, 97206-9552

» Phone: 503-774-6000

» Website: www.skutt.com

» Email: [email protected]

» Electric Kiln Model and Required Accessories

» SKKM1227-3-208-3: Electric Ceramics Kiln, 208V, 3 Phase

» All new kilns shall be 208V 3 phase power. Consult the sta architect if an

existing school does not have 208V 3 phase power.

» SKF1227-3: Interior Kiln Furniture for 1227-3 Kiln

» SKEnvironVent2: Vent for direct exhaust to exterior of building from the bottom

of the kiln

» SKEnvironLink: Electrical switching device to automatically turn on one or more

exhaust vents when the kiln is operating

» Easy View: This accessory angles the touchpad for easy viewing.

» Lifter Upgrade Kit: Provides safe and easier lifting.

» Installation: Installation and testing of the kiln at the site shall be performed by

an approved installer.

» Other important electric kiln Information:

» Kiln Vent: The kiln shall have a motorized vent from the bottom of the kiln that

is exhausted through a vent similar to that used for a residential clothes dryer

(EnvironVent2 listed above). Even though the kiln interior is extremely hot, this

vent mixes this hot air with such a large proportion of ambient room air that no

special vent construction is required through the wall.

» Room Exhaust: The room shall have an exhaust fan to remove the heat generated

from the kiln, but this does not need to be in a special hood or have special

re suppression equipment. The contract architect shall verify re suppression

requirements with CID and the re department having jurisdiction. In the past,

the City of Albuquerque has NOT required a hood since there is an exception in

Chapter 9 of the UMC for electric kilns that are equipped with vent blowers. This

exhaust, in conjunction with the building HVAC system, must be able to maintain

the room temperature below 105 degrees F, which is the maximum temperature

that the electronic controller can tolerate. The EnvironLink device (see above)

will automatically turn on the EnvironVent (see above) on the bottom of the

kiln when the kiln is running. The room exhaust fan shall be on a line voltage

thermostat to prevent the room from ever getting hot enough to trigger the

re sprinkler system. The room fan should not be controlled by a manual

APPENDIX

182

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

183

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

switch, because forgetting to turn it on would run the risk of setting o the re

sprinklers (as has happened at two Rio Rancho schools).

» Fire Sprinklers: Ceiling mounted re sprinkler heads shall NOT be located directly

above the kiln and shall have the highest temperature setting allowable.

» Clearance: Kilns must be a minimum of 18” (or greater if required by code) from

any wall or combustible material. The approximate diameter of the kiln is 34” for

planning purposes.

» Wall and Floor Coverings: Flooring must be non-combustible. Concrete is

preferred.

» Approved Gas Kiln Manufacturer (or approved equal) for High Schools

» Laguna Gas Kilns

» NM Distributer: NM Clay

» 3300 Girard NE, Albuquerque, NM 87107

» Phone: 505-881-2350

» Gas Kiln Model and Required Accessories

» LE 200-24 Gas-red Pottery Kiln – Front Loading

» Include all standard features as well as the following:

» K-26 rebrick walls, arch, and door (recommended for Cone 10 ring)

» Programmable controller

Appendix H: Ice Machine Standards for High School Athletics

» Indigo™ Series 606 Ice Cube Machine

» Model: IY-0606A

Ice Machine Electric

208-230/60/1 standard. (230/50/1 also

available)

Minimum circuit

ampacity:

Air Cooled: 11.1

Water Cooled: 10.7

Remote: 11.7

Maximum fuse size:

Air Cooled: 15

Water Cooled: 15

Remote: 15

Specications

BTU Per Hour:

11,800 (average)

13,700 (peak)

Refrigerant: R-404A

CFC-free

Operating Limits:

Ambient Temperature

Range:

35° to 110°F (1.7° to

43.3°C)

Water Temperature

Range:

35° to 90°F (1.7° to

32.2°C)

Water Pressure Ice

Maker Water In:

Min. 20 psi (137.9 kPA)

Max. 80 psi (551.1 kPA)

» Designed for operators who know that ice is critical to their business, the

Indigo™ Series ice machine’s preventative diagnostics continually monitor itself

for reliable ice reduction.

» Improvements in clean ability and programmability make your ice machine easy

to own and less expensive to operate.

APPENDIX

184

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

185

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

» Indigo™ Series 606 Ice Cube

» i-606 on B-570

» Storage Bin

» Electrical Entrance (2) Options

» 3/8” (0.95 cm) F.PT. Water Condenser Inlet (water-cooled units)

» 1/2” (1.27 cm) F.PT. Water Condenser Outlet (water-cooled units)

» 1/2” (1.27 cm) Auxiliary Base Drain Socket

» 3/8” (0.95 cm) F.PT. Ice Making Water Inlet

» 1/2” (1.27 cm) F.PT. Ice Making Water Drain

» 3/4” (1.91 cm) Bin Drain

» Specications:

Model

Ice

Shape

Ice Production 24 Hours

Power Usage

kWh/100 lbs.

@90°Air/70°F

Potable Water

Usage/100 lbs.

of Ice

ENERGY

STAR*

0°Air/ 50°F Water 90°Air/ 70°F Water

AIR-

COOLED

ID-0606A

dice

632 lbs. 490 lbs. 5.41 20.0 Gal. Yes

IY-0606A

half-dice

<635 lbs. (555 lbs. 5.29 20.0 Gal. Yes

WATER COOLED

ID-0606W

Dice

661 lbs. 575 lbs. 4.44 20.0 Gal. NA

IY-0606W

half-dice

700 lbs. 580 lbs. 4.45 20.0 Gal. NA

* Water-cooled Condenser Water Usage / 100 lbs. of Ice: 140 gal.

* Water-cooled models are excluded from ENERGY STAR qualication.

REMOTE

COOLED

ID-0696N

Dice

612 lbs. 535 lbs. 5.85 20.0 Gal. Yes

IY-0696N

half-dice

642 lbs. 565 lbs. 5.76 20.0 Gal. Yes

» Order ice storage bin separately. Ice storage bin and JC-0895 remote condenser

must be ordered separately. Consult remote condenser specication sheet for

details.

» Accessories:

LuminIce™ Growth

Inhibitor

Reduces yeast and bacteria

growth for a cleaner ice

machine.

Bin Level Control

Allows ice bin level

to be automatically

set. Built-in LED light

illuminates bin.

Arctic Pure® Water

Filters

Reduces sediment

and chlorine odors

for better tasting

ice.

iAuCS®

Schedules and

performs routine ice

machine cleaning

automatically.

APPENDIX

186

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

187

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Appendix I: Technology Education Equipment

» Wood Technology Equipment List (suggested)

» The following equipment may be part of the project and provided by the General

Contractor (one each in the Wood Technology Lab unless noted otherwise):

» Table Saws, 12-14” and 18”

» Jointer

» Surfacer

» Shaper

» Band Saws, 20” and 14” (2)

» Belt Sander (2)

» Spindle Sander

» Panel Saw

» Miter Saw Bench (approximately 26 LF)

» Drill Press (3, ¾ - 1 ½ hp)

» Router Table (2, 1 ½ and 3 ½ hp)

» Wood turning lathes (6)

» Scroll Saw (2)

» Dowel Machine

» 4000 lb capacity lumber shelving, 48” D x 72” L x 60” H.

» Student Work Tables (6)

» Tool Cabinet 5’ W x 2’ D (2)

» Metal Storage Cabinet 4’ W x 2’ D (2)

» Lathe Tool Grinder

» Lathe Tool Buer

» METALS Technology Equipment List (suggested)

» The following equipment may be part of the project and provided by the General

Contractor (one each in the Metals Technology Lab unless noted otherwise):

» Clausing Metosa lathes (8)

» Clausing Metosa lathe support cabinets (3)

» Vertical Milling Machines (4)

» Vertical Milling Machines cabinets (3)

» Band Saw 20” (2)

» Drill Press, 15” and 20”

» Horizontal Band Saw

» Iron Worker apparatus

» Student Workbenches (4)

» Heat Treat Oven (in Shop Support)

» Surface Grinder (in Shop Support)

» Tool Grinder 7” (2 in Shop Support)

» Grinder 10”, 5 hp (in Shop Support)

» Wire Wheel (in Shop Support)

» Tool and bit grinder 6” (in Shop Support)

» Belt Grinder (in Shop Support)

» Arc Welders (2 in Shop Support)

» RMD Notcher (in Shop Support)

» RMD Pipe Bender (in Shop Support)

» Welding Booths, 48” x 48” 10 with curtains (in Welding Room)

» Welding Grate Top Tables, 48” x 24”, one in each welding booth

» Oxygen and inert gas tanks and manifolds (in Shop Support)

» Exterior area prepped for welding

» Hoist beam with motorized crane

» Transportation Technology Equipment List (suggested)

» The following equipment may be part of the project and provided by the General

Contractor (one of each in the shop unless noted otherwise):

» Two-post lifts

» Tire mounting machine

» Wheel balancer

» Battery charger

» Bench or pedestal grinder

» Tool cabinets

» Metal storage shelving

» Compressed air for tools and tires

» Power from retractable overhead reels

» Vehicle Exhaust Recovery system

» Student Work benches/tables

» Containment area for 55 gallon liquid waste storage drums

APPENDIX

188

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

189

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Appendix J: Wireless Installation Requirements

» Wireless Specications

» Wireless networking – wireless access points (WAPs o AP’s) shall be planned for

and installed per requirements set forth by APS IT department.

» Wireless shall be deployed in all public areas such classrooms, conference rooms,

study areas, stadiums, open areas adjacent to buildings, etc.

» BICSI TDMM requirement/environmental considerations

» Consider these factors when developing of the wireless access points:

» When deploying and/or designing wireless networks, thoroughly evaluate

the environment in which wireless standards (BICSI; TDMM and BISCI wireless

standards manual), propagation analysis, or modeling.

» Materials, objects, local geography, electrical, HVAC units and other EMI/RFI

factors in the atmosphere can eect wireless communications.

» Per BICSI/EIA/TIA/IEEE/ANSI: factors aecting the behavior of waves: refraction,

scattering, diraction, and or absorption any of the following factors can aect

the wireless broadcast and design considerations need to be considered when

designing and or installing the wireless.

» Design/installation requirements: ceiling installation in the center of the

classroom is APS’s standard: other facilities may vary on the placement of the

WAPs (gym, cafeteria, library, auditorium…)

» WAP locations that are in areas with lay in ceilings require per code to be self-

supported to the ceiling deck and the WAP will be mounted to a T-bar hanger

and centered in the tile in the center of the room and supported to the red

iron/I-beams and or trusses.

» Open ceiling installation requirements: 2-4” squire boxes, ¾” rigid/IMC (cut

to length so that the WAP is no longer than 10 feet: support to ceiling deck),

2-swivel mounts (part#tpsfh12) wall installations can only be installed if APS it

approves the installation. For specic wireless details contact APS IT department.

(New 2015/2017 requirement 1 WAP per classroom; 2 cat6 drop per)

Appendix K: Transportation

School Bus Congurations

Conguration

Type A

Type B

Type C

Type D

Passenger

Capacity

Width &

Length

Typically 16-36

Width 8’ Length

25’

Typically 30-36

Width 8’ Length 35’

Typically 36-78

Width 8’ Length 40’

Typically 54-90

Width 8’ Length 45’

GVWR

Type A-I:≤ 14,500

pounds (6,600kg)

Type A-II:14,500

pounds (6,600kg)

and up

Type B-I:≤ 10,000

pounds (4,500kg)

Type B-II:between

10,000–21,499

pounds (4,536–

9,752kg)

Over 21,500 pounds

(9,800kg)

(typically between

23,000–29,500

pounds (10,400–

13,400kg))

Over 20,000 pounds

(9,100kg)

(typically between

25,000–36,000

pounds (11,000–

16,000kg))

Description A bus body placed

on a cutaway van

chassis with a left-

side driver's door

Single or dual rear

wheels on drive

axles.

A bus body

mounted to either a

stripped chassis or a

cowled chassis

The entrance door

is mounted behind

the front wheels

The engine

compartment is

located partially

inside the passenger

compartment next

to the driver and the

hood is signicantly

shorter than that of

conventional buses

(similar tostep vans)

A bus body mounted

to a cowled medium-

duty truck chassis

The entrance door is

mounted behind the

front wheels.

The engine is

mounted forward of

the windshield

A bus body mounted

to a separate chassis.

The entrance door

mounted in front of

the front wheels.

Single rear axle or

(very rarely) tandem

rear axles

The engine is

mounted next to the

driver inside the bus

(front-engine/ "FE"),

in the rear of the bus

behind the rearmost

seats (rear-engine/

"RE")

APPENDIX

190

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

191

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Turning Radius – 47 PAX

Proposal: 10070 Version: 1 Model: INTEGRATED CE S BUS (PB105)

Dealer: SUMMIT TRUCK GROUP (821041 000) Application: School Transportation

GVWR: 29800

Turning Radius Statistics

Calculation Factors

Front Axle Code 0002ASH

Steering Gear Code 0005PSA

Front Wheel Code 0027DUG

Front Tire Code 07372135429

Wheelbase 193

General Information

Inside Turn Angle 50.00 Degrees

Radial Overhang 19.00

Axle Information

KingPin Inclination 6.25 Degrees

KingPin Center 69.00

* All Measurements are in inches, unless otherwise specied.

Turning Radius – Activity Bus

Proposal: 10289 Version: 1 Model: INTEGRATED RE S BUS (PB305)

Dealer: SUMMIT TRUCK GROUP (821041 000) Application: Activity Trip GVWR: 36220

Turning Radius Statistics

Calculation Factors

Front Axle Code 0002AST

Steering Gear Code 0005PRJ

Front Wheel Code 0027DMC

Front Tire Code 07382135429

Wheelbase 276

General Information

Inside Turn Angle 43.00 Degrees

Radial Overhang 52.00

Axle Information

KingPin Inclination 6.25 Degrees

KingPin Center 69.00

* All Measurements are in inches, unless otherwise specied.

Turning Radius – 71 PAX

Proposal: 10477 Version: 1 Model: INTEGRATED CE S BUS (PB105)

Dealer: SUMMIT TRUCK GROUP (821041 000) Application: Activity Trip GVWR: 36220

Turning Radius Statistics

Calculation Factors

Front Axle Code 0002ASH

Steering Gear Code 0005PSA

Front Wheel Code 0027DUW

Front Tire Code 07382135415

Wheelbase 276

General Information

Inside Turn Angle 50.00 Degrees

Radial Overhang 19.00

Axle Information

KingPin Inclination 6.25 Degrees

KingPin Center 69.00

* All Measurements are in inches, unless otherwise specied.

APPENDIX

192

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

193

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

Appendix L: Sign Standards

Appendix M: Library Services/Instructional Materials for K-5 Libraries

» 6.27.30.16 N MAC

» There must be a Library/Media Center, where students can access research

materials, literature, non-text reading materials, books and technology.

» Must include a space for reading, listening and viewing materials.

» Area: needs to be at least 3 net sf/student of the planned school program

capacity, but no less than 1,000 net sf, with additional oce/workroom space

and secure storage.

» Resources: library xtures, equipment and resources in accordance with the

standard equipment necessary to meet the educational requirements of the PED.

» Source:https://www.srca.nm.gov/parts/title06/06.027.0030.html

» NM School Library Program Standards and APS Status Report

» Facility Design

» The Library/Media Center should be centrally located and convenient to all

students.

» Minimum interior space should be the larger of 3600 square feet or enrollment

multiplied by 6.

» Basic functional areas must include space for:

» Sucient shelving to house the collection (3 linear feet for every 25

standard volumes or 50 picture books)

» Two classes (24 students per class) at elementary school, 3 classes (32

students per class) for middle school, 4 classes (32 students per class) for

high school.

» Large group presentations (with the ability to darken area to show

presentations on screens)

» Circulation activities

» Electronic resource work area(s) at 30 sq. ft. per workstation, with 4

computers at elementary schools, and 8 at middle and high schools.

» Library oce(s)/workroom, with a view of the library

» Ample and secure storage

» Displays

» Work/study

» Reading

» Instruction (with the ability to darken area to provide instruction on

screens)

» Group study or meeting

» Charging stations for student devices

» The Library/Media Center should be aesthetically pleasing, welcoming, and have

natural light.

» Windows should provide sucient UV protection for library materials.

» Building Infrastructure

» Electrical wiring, adequate to meet lighting needs and electronic equipment

needs, which meets or exceeds current National Electric Code.

» Maximum Internet and intranet connectivity (high-speed, many ports, strong

wireless network, etc.)

APPENDIX

194

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

195

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

» Meets/exceeds state uniform building codes, is accessible and exible.

» Adequately heated, cooled, and ventilated.

» Lighting and sound provisions appropriate for reading, study, and other library

activities.

» Furniture

» Appropriate-size chairs and tables for student population.

» Four computer workstations and ample charging stations for student devices.

» Shelving for physical collection with a minimum of 3 linear feet for every 25

standard volumes or 50 picture books.

» Shelving should be exible, not impede lines-of-sight, and either be along

library walls or be movable.

» Secure storage cabinets.

» File cabinets.

» Circulation desk with ample space, designed to be usable by elementary

students.

» Furniture appropriate to study or meeting rooms, if included in library design.

» All furniture is owner provided except circulation desk.

» Computer equipment

» Four to eight computers stations/kiosks.

» Should have current operating systems and a variety of software.

» Should include software that allows students and sta to virtually

collaborate and create products/content in the library.

» Mobile devices and technology for maker spaces.

» One Promethean (or similar presentation system) board.

» Library equipment (scanners, printer, librarian tablet for checkout, etc.).

» Additional equipment (telephone, scanners, laminators, etc.).

» Current media production equipment and software.

Sources: Standards for New Mexico School Libraries (http://nmla.org/clocs/NM Task Force for School Library

Standards RevMar04.pdf) and APS Library Status Report Rubric (attached document).

Appendix N: Library Services/Instructional Materials for High School

Libraries

» 6.27.30.16 NMA

» There must be a Library/Media Center, where students can access research

materials, literature, non-text reading materials, books and technology.

» Must include a space for reading, listening and viewing materials.

» Area: needs to be at least 3 net sf/student of the planned school program

capacity, with additional oce/workroom space and secure storage.

» Resources: library xtures, equip0ment and resources in accordance with the

standard equipment necessary to meet the educational requirements of the PED.

» NM School Library Program Standards and APS Status Report

» Facility Design

» The Library/Media Center should be centrally located and convenient to all

students.

» Minimum interior space should be the larger of 3600 square feet or enrollment

multiplied by 6.

» Basic functional areas must include space for:

» Sucient shelving to house the collection (3 linear feet for every 25

standard volumes)

» Three or more classes of 25-30 students each

» Large group presentations

» Reference (mostly computers or other devices to access online reference)

» Circulation activities

» Electronic resource work area(s) at 30 sq. ft. per workstation, with a

minimum of 6 computers

» Multiple electronic resource work areas are preferable

» Library oce(s)/workroom, with a view of the library

» Ample and secure storage

» Displays

» Work/study spaces (preferably three)

» Reading areas (preferably at least two)

» Multiple instruction areas (with ability to darken any with boards or

projectors)

» Content creation area(s)

» Group study or meeting areas

» Mobile device carts

» Any doors used by students or sta under normal, non-emergency

circumstances should have security gates.

» The Library/Media Center should be aesthetically pleasing, welcoming, and have

natural light.

» Building Infrastructure

» Electrical wiring, adequate to meet lighting needs and electronic equipment

needs, which meets or exceeds current National Electric Code.

» Maximum Internet and intranet connectivity (high-speed, many ports, strong

APPENDIX

196

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

197

School Design Guidelines 2023

Appendix

wireless network, etc.)

» Meets/exceeds state uniform building codes, is accessible and exible.

» Adequately heated, cooled, and ventilated.

» Lighting and sound provisions appropriate for reading, study, and multiple

classes using the library simultaneously.

» Furniture

» Appropriate-size chairs and tables for student population(s); sucient seating for

at least three classes.

» Computer workstations (sucient for at least two and preferably three —

classes).

» Shelving for physical collection with a minimum of 3 linear feet for every 25

standard volumes or 50 picture books.

» Shelving should be exible, not impede lines-of-sight, and be movable.

» Secure storage cabinets.

» File cabinets.

» Circulation desk with ample space.

» Well-designed furnishings appropriate for recreational reading areas (sucient

for at least two areas).

» Furniture appropriate to study or meeting rooms.

» All furniture is owner provided except circulation desk.

» Computer equipment

» At least 60 new computers or laptops.

» Should have current operating systems and a variety of software.

» Should include software that allows students and sta to virtually

collaborate and create products/content in the library.

» Mobile devices (iPads, other tablets, etc.).

» At least one Promethean (or similar presentation system) board(s).

» Library equipment (scanners, librarian tablet for checkout, etc.).

» Additional equipment (telephone, printers, scanners, laminators, etc.).

» Current media production equipment and software.

APPENDIX